Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

to be able to master one

  • 1 RÁÐA

    (ræð; réð, réðum; ráðinn), v.
    1) to advise, counsel, ráða e-m e-t (réðu vinir hans honum þat, at hann berðist eigi við þik);
    ráða e-m ráð, to give one counsel;
    2) to consult about, discuss, with dat. (ráða landráðum);
    ráða ráðum sínum, to hold a conference;
    3) to devise, plan;
    þeir ráða atför við Gunnar, thev plan an onslaught on G.;
    réð hón þeim bana, she plotted that man’s death;
    4) to plot or cause one’s death, = ráða e-m bana (þær atluðu, at konungr mundi hafa ráðit hann);
    Reginn mik réð, R. betrayed me;
    réðu þeir þat þá með sér, they settled this among themselves;
    6) to fix, decide, resolve, with acc.;
    ek hefi áðr ráðit brúðlaup mitt, I have fixed my wedding day;
    réðu þeir þá þat at fara ofan til Rangár, then they resolved to ride down to Rang river;
    ráða e-t til staðar, to settle, fix definitively, = staðráða e-t (vil ek finna konung áðr en ek ráða þetta til staðar);
    7) to hire, take into service (ráða skipverja, ráða sér hjón);
    bóndi sagði húsfreyju, at hann hafði Hrapp ráðit með sér, that he had taken H. into his company;
    8) to rule, govern, with dat. (ráða landi, ríki; Einarr jarl ráð þá Orkneyjum);
    9) to rule, command, have one’s way, prevail, decide, settle (skal hón sjálf ráða hvárt hón vill hann eða eigi);
    skal ráða afl með þeim, the majority shall decide;
    Ólafr bað móður sína. eina ráða, to settle the matter alone;
    landfall ræðr fyrir sunnan, makes the boundary towards the south;
    with dat., hvárt ræðr þú því, er, is it your doing that..?;
    ráða engu, to have no authority, be of no avail (orðheill þín skal engu ráða);
    ráða landamerkjum, to make the boundary (Hafslœkr réð þar landamerkjum);
    ráða búi sínu, to conduct, manage one’s estate;
    hann réð sér sjálfr, he was independent;
    ertu nökkurs ráðandi hér, have you any authority here?
    10) to have, possess, be master of, enjoy;
    ráða fé ok fjörvi, to enjoy wealth and life;
    11) to explain, read;
    ráða gátu, to read a riddle;
    ráða draum, to interpret a dream;
    ráða e-t at líkindum, to judge from probabilities (engar munu fríðari en þínar dœtr, ef at líkindum skal ráða);
    12) to read and understand (ráða rúnar, stafi, rit);
    réð ek þær rúnar, er reist þín systir, I have read the runes thy sister engraved;
    13) to punish, chastise, with dat. (fóstri hans var harðr við hann ok réð honum mjök);
    ráða stórt, to aim high, undertake great things;
    15) periphrastically with an infin., to do;
    ráðumk ganga, we (I) do go;
    hón réð vakna (= hón vaknaði), she awoke;
    þau lög, er hann réð upp at segja, the laws which he pronounced;
    16) with preps.:
    ráða e-t af, to resolve, make up one’s mind (réð hann þat af at sigla súðr til Danmerkr);
    to discontinue, put a stop to (ek hygg, at Þóroddr ætli nú at af ráða hingatkvámur þínar);
    to do away with (þú verðr nú þetta vandræði af at ráða);
    ráða e-n af e-u, to make one leave off (af hefir þú mik ráðit brekvísi við þik);
    ráða e-u af (e-u), to get off;
    Þ. bað menn taka forka ok ráða af skipinu, to get the ship off, set her afloat;
    ráða e-n af = ráða e-n af lífi, af dögum, to put out of the way, put to death (hann kvazt mundu af ráða illmenni þessi);
    ráða at e-m, to attack (njósnarmenn hlupu upp ok réðu at þeim);
    ráða á e-t, to set about a thing (þeir réðu á íshöggit);
    ráða á e-n, to attack one (þorðu aldri úvinir hans á hann at ráða);
    ráða bót (bœtr) á e-u, to remedy, make good (þóttust menn eigi kunna bœtr á þessu ráða);
    ráða eptir e-m, to pursue one;
    ráða e-n frá e-u, to deprive one of, exclude one from (ráða e-n frá landi, ríki);
    ráða fyrir e-u, to command, have authority over, be master of (ráða fyrir skipi, hofi, fé, eldi);
    ráða í e-t, to guess at, find out (Gormr konungr réð ekki í þetta);
    ráða móti, í móti e-m, to attack one (í móti Kára réð Mörðr);
    ráða e-n ofan, to overthrow;
    ráða ór e-u, to find an expedient, solve a difficulty (er nú vant ór at ráða);
    ráða til e-s, to rush in upon, attack (hann reiddi upp øxina ok réð til Þórvarðs); to take to (set about) a thing, try, make an attempt;
    S. kom fótum undir sik, ok réð til í annat sinn, and tried again the second time;
    ok er nú til at ráða, ef þér vilit, now is the time for action, if you are willing;
    skal ráða til árinnar eða eigi, shall we try to pass the river or not?;
    ráða til orrostu, to go to battle;
    ráða til uppgöngu, to make an ascent;
    ráða til ferðar, to start on a journey;
    ráða skipi til hlunns, to draw a ship on to land;
    ráða um e-t, to dispose of (megum vér eigi ráða um hennar gjaforð);
    to deliberate on (konungr gaf jarli orlof at ráða um þetta við menn sina);
    ráða um at gøra e-t, to be about to do a thing (hann tók um strenginn ok réð um at fara upp í skipit);
    ráða um við e-n, to put an end to, finish off (var Alfr þá kominn ok ætlaði skjótt um at ráða við Finnboga);
    ráða e-t or e-u undan e-m, to deprive one of (hón vildi eigi giptast, því at hón vildi eigi ráða fé undan dóttur sinni);
    ráða e-t undir e-n, to put in the charge of (þá réðu þeir goðorð sitt undir Rafn);
    ráða e-t upp, to read up (þessi sömu bréf lét erkibiskup upp ráða í Danmörku);
    ráða við e-n, to be able to master one (muntu nú einn við mik ráða);
    ráða e-t við sik, to make up one’s mind;
    ráða yfir e-u, to rule, govern;
    17) refl., ráðast.
    * * *
    pres. ræð, ræðr, ræð; pl. ráðum, ráðit, ráða; pret. réð, 2nd pers. rétt, réttu, rhymed with hætta, Fms. vi. (in a verse); mod. réðst, pl. réðu; subj. réði; imper. ráð, ráddú; part. ráðinn; a middle form ráðumk, Hom. 113; a weak pret. indic. réði occurs in the poem Jd. 35 (ótrauðr á haf réði), and in prose, Fms. i. 223, and is freq. in mod. usage (eg réði honum að bíða … hann réði því ekki): [a word common to all Teut. languages; A. S. ræðan; Old Engl. rede and read; Germ. rathen; Dan. raade; the Goth. has rêdan, but it is rarely used in Ulf.]
    A. To advise, counsel, with dat. of the thing and acc. of the person; ráða e-m e-t, réðu vinir hans honum þat, at hann berðisk eigi við þik, Nj. 33; réðu honum þat allir at samna liði. Eg. 9; ráða e-m ráð, to give one counsel, Vþm. 1; ráðumk þér, Hm. 113 sqq.; þat ræð ek þér, Sdm. 22 sqq., Nj. 61; makligr ertú þeirra, segir Njáll, ok réð honum ráðin, 71; ráð er þér ráðit, Fm. 21; ráða e-m heilræði, Nj. 85.
    2. to consult; ráða ráðum sínum, to hold a conference, Edda 26, Fms. vii. 259; vóru opt á tali ok ráða-stefnu ok réðu landráðum, i. 52.
    3. to devise; þá menn er konu hafa numit eða þat hafa ráðit, Grág. i. 354, Gullþ. 14.
    4. to fix, decide, determine, resolve, with acc.; ek hefi áðr ráðit brúðlaup mitt, Nj. 4; ráða samband, Gullþ. 14; ráða atför við Gunnar, Nj. 1, 7; réðu þeir þat þá með sér, 93; hefi ek ráðit honum kvánfang, 151; siðan réð Gunnarr utanferð sína með honum, 41, cp Sturl. ii. 168; ráða e-m ró, Ls. 55:—ráða e-t af, to form a decision, Eg. 337; en af verðr at ráða nokkut ór hverju vandræði, Lv. 39:—ráða e-t við sik, to make up one’s mind; hvárt hann vildi þar vera eða fara til Íslands, hann kvaðsk eigi þat hafa ráðit við sik, Nj. 123:—ráða um e-t, to deliberate; hann gaf jarli orlof at ráða um þetta kjör við menn sína, Ó. H. 97:—ráða e-t (or e-u) til staðar, to settle, fix definitely, Fms. ii. 78, Ld. 178:—ráða ór, ráða ór e-u, to find an expedient, solve a difficulty, Nj. 177. Ld. 54, 180.
    5. to hire, take into service; ráða skipverja, Fms. vi. 238; réð Hallgerðr sér hjón, Nj. 25; ek em kona Njáls, segir hón, ok ræð ek eigi síðr hjón en hann, 54; Njáll réð honum hjón öll, 151; bóndi sagði húsfreyju sinni at hann hafði Hrapp ráðit með sér, 131; hón hafði ráðit mann til at svíkja konung í drykk, Fms. ix. 5; vilda ek at vit færim í hernað ok réðim menn til með okkr, Nj. 41; ráða land undan e-m, Fb. ii. 171.
    6. to plan, plot, contrive, or cause one’s death, put to death, betray, Germ. verra’ben; Regin þik réð, hann þik ráða mun, Fm. 22; þú rétt hann, Fas. i. 202; þær ætluðu at konungr mundi hafa rúðit hann, Fms. iv. 312; hann réð Plóg svarta föður-bana sinn, xi. 353; ef kona drepr bónda sinn eða ræðr hann fyrir íllsku sakir, Js. 27; ráða e-m bana, bana-ráð, Nj. 21, 52, Fb. i. 410, Skv. 1. 51:—ráða e-n af, to put out of the way, put to death, Gullþ. 14, Fms. i. 204, Al. 128; sá ótti er nú af ráðinn ok endaðr, Fs. 9; ek hygg at Þóroddr ætli nú af at ráða hingat-kvámur þínar, Eb. 144; ráða e-n frá, to despatch, Ld. 294; ráða e-n af dögum, to put to death; ráða e-n frá ríki, Fms. iii. 18; ráða e-n ofan, to overthrow, Bárð. 164.
    II. to rule, govern, with dat.; ráða Þrænda-lögum, Fms. i. 52; ráða landi, ráða ríki, 22, Nj. 41; Einarr jarl réð Orkneyjum, Fms. i. 197; Hákon konungr réð Noregi, x. 4; er réð fyrir Holtseta-landi, xi. 3; þann konung er ræðr Jórsala-landi … þann er Englandi ræðr, Edda 92; ráða landráðum, to have the government, govern, Fms. i. 52.
    2. to rule, prevail, have one’s own will, as also to manage, lead, have authority, management, and similar usages; skal ráða afl með þeim, Nj. 150; sá reð er ríkr var, Sól.; hann réð sér ekki fyrir kæti, he was beside himself for joy; skal hón sjálf ráða hvárt hón vill hann eða eigi, Nj. 24; ek skal hér ráða, 52; Ólafr bað móður sína eina ráða, Ld. 70; sögðu þá ráða eiga er fleiri vóru, 74; ætlar þú at þú munir ráða. Fms. vii. 13; konungr svarar ok biðr hann ráða, xi. 29: Lögmaðr skal ráða, he shall have the casting vote, Gþl. 18: the phrase, ef ek má ráða, if I can have it as I like; þú ræðr því, as you like! þvíat þar ræðr eigi frændsemi, Grág. i. 172: to rule, sól skal ráða um sumar en dagr um vetr, Gþl.; landfall ræðr (rules, makes the boundary) fyrir sunnan, Pm. 88; ór ánni ræðr keldan … ok lækr út úr henni til sjáfar, Dipl. ii. 1; ráða landa-merkjum, Eg. 711; ráða boði ok banni, Gþl. 76; ráða búi ok kaupum, 269; ráða giptingum, 211; ráða sessa kostum, Gm. 14; ráða kaupum, fé, skipti, Gþl.; ráða fé til þarfa, to dispose of money to advantage, put it out at interest, Gþl.; sigri vér ráðumk, Orkn. (in a verse); hugr ræðr hálfum sigri, a saving; ráða sínum ferðum, Fms. i. 75; réð Örn leiðsögu, Ld. 74: hvárt ek má nokkuru um þat ráða, Fms. vii. 13; mörgum ræðr litlu hve, ‘tis of small interest, Am. 33; ráða engu, Hdl. 49; ráða veðri. Rb. 388; veðr ræðr akri en vit syni, Hm.; hvar skal ek sitja—Móðir mín skal því ráða, Nj. 7; ek réð ráði hennar fyrr, i. e. gave her away, 23; hvárt hann kunni ráða fé sínu, Grág. i. 176; ráða orði, ii. 309; hvárt ræðr þú því er Steinarr son þinn sækir sökum Þorstein son minn, hast thou caused it, is it thy making? Eg. 727; þú því rétt er ek ríða skyldak, Fm. 26; ek því ræð, er þú ríða sér-at, Ls. 28; en réðu því Nornir, Orkn. (in a verse); ílla réð ek því, that was foolishly done, Fbr. (in a verse); ek hefi því ráðit, at …, Ísl. ii. 322; því þykki mér ráðit, well done, Sks. 100:—various phrases, ráða e-u bót (bætr) or ráða bót (bætr) á e-u, to mend, better, Hom. 159, Ld. 206, Fms. vii. 162, Landn. 8, Eb. 114:—with prep., ráða fyrir e-u (for-ráð), to rule, manage, govern, Fms. i. 288, Hkr. 1. 40; ráða fyrir lögum, Nj. 5, 150, Eg. 34, 239, 754, Ld. 76, 132, Fms. i. 11, Grág. i. 333:—ráða um e-t, to dispose of, (um-ráð); nú megu vit ekki ráða um hennar gjaforð, Fms. iv. 194:—ráða við e-ð, to be able to do, manage, Bárð. 163; eg ræð ekki við hann (þat), I cannot manage him; við-ráðanlegr, manageable:—ráða yfir e-u (yfir-ráð), to rule, govern, Fms. iv. 83.
    3. to have, possess, enjoy; hvítum ræðr þú enn hjöltunum, … ráða deigum brandinum, Eb. 238; ráða fé ok fjörvi, to enjoy wealth and life, Fm. 26; ráða arfi, gulli, hringum, Skv. 2. 9, Hkv. Hjörv. 6, 11; ráða nafni, aldri, hjarta, lofi, dýrð, to enjoy a name, life …, Lex. Poët.; ráða eign ok auðsölum. Fsm. 8, 9; ráða rauðum manni, to be red, Fbr. (in a verse):—part. ráðandi, with gen., ertu nokkurs ráðandi hér, hast thou any authority here? Nj. 54; þess verða ek ráðandi við mína menn, I will manage that. Fms. xi. 30; vera mikils ráðandi, of great influence, Fas. ii. 504: ráðandi postula, the ruler of the apostles, Edda 92, Lex. Poët.
    III. to explain, read; ráða gátu, to read a riddle, Fas. i. 454; varð engi sú gáta upp borin er hann réði (subj.) eigi, 532; ráða e-t, Am. 22; ráða draum, to read a dream, Nj. 121, Ld. 126, Ísl ii. 194, 197, x. 270, xi. 3, Rb. 394; Pharao dreymdi drauma ok urðu eigi ráðendr til, Ver. 17; veiztú hve rísta skal, veiztú hve ráða skal, of magical characters, Hm. 145:—ráða í e-t, to guess at, find out, Fms. xi. 16; ok væntir mik at eigi mundi í þat ráðit, Ísl. ii. 333; munu þeir ekki í ráða er myrkt er, 378, Fær. 255.
    2. to read, prop. to explain, interpret; skal hann láta ráða skrá heima at kirkju, K. Þ. K. 46; ráða rúnar, Am. 12, Hom. (St.); þegar Domitianus hafði rit ráðit, 623. 12, Karl. 16: ráða upp, to read up; þessi sömu bréf lét erkibiskup upp ráða í Danmörku, Fms. viii. 293; á alþingi léc Páll biskup ráða upp jarteinir ens sæla Þórláks, Bs. i. 352; tók ok lét þar upp ráða, 623. 10; ráða skrá, K. Þ. K.
    IV. to punish, chastise, with dat.; Guð ræðr oss till batnaðar sem sonum, Greg. 73; fóstri hans var harðr við hann ok réð honum mjök, Bs. i. 416; nú ef sveinn vill eigi nema ok leiðisk bók, þá skal hann færa til annarra verka, ok ráða honum til, svá at hvárki verði af örkuml né ílit, K. Þ. K. 56; honum var ráðit fyrir flestum höfuð-kirkjum, Sturl. ii. 147:—with acc., konu sína skal engi maðr með höggum ráða at öldri né at áti, N. G. L. i. 29; nú ef maðr ræðr konu sína eigna lyklum eða lásum ( beats her with keys or bars), þá er hann sekr, 356 (ráðning).
    V. with the notion of action, to undertake; ráða stórt, to aim high, aspire, Lex. Poët.; kann vera at ek finna þann höfðingja at minnr vaxi fyrir augum at ráða stórt ( to undertake great things), en þér konungr, Fms. vi. 399 (stór-ræði); ráða gott, to manage well, Ó. H. (in a verse).
    2. with prepp., ráða á e-t, to take to a thing; þeir réðu á íshöggit, Fms. vi. 336; ráða á e-n, to attack one; mun eigi þá á þik ráðit, Nj. 93, 253 (á-ræði):—ráða at e-m, to attack, invade, passim:—ráða af, to get off, clear; hann bað þá taka forka ok ráða at skipinu, and get the ship off, set her afloat, Ld. 56; aðilinn ræðr sik af baugbrotum, ef …, Grág. ii. 173; at hefir þú mik ráðit brekvísi, thou hast cured me of complaining, Ld. 134:—þá réðu þeir goðorð sitt undir Rafn fyrir sakir vinsælda hans, they put their ‘godord’ in the charge of R., Bs. i. 642:—ráða móti e-m, to go against in a fight, withstand; í móti Kára réð Mörðr Sigfússon, Nj. 253:—ráða til e-s, to rush in upon; hann reiddi upp öxina ok réð til Þorvarðar, Sturl. ii. 37, (til-ræði, an assault): to take to a thing, try, í vár réðu vér til ok hljópum í brott, Eg. 235; ok er þeim þótti sér færi til at ráða leyndusk þeir á brott, when they saw an opportunity they stole away, 572; ok er nú til at ráða ef þér vilit, now is the time for action, Nj. 154; Skarphéðinn kom fótum undir sik, ok réð þegar til í annat sinn, 202:—to start, make for, attempt, ráða til orrostu, to go to battle, Eg. 530; ráða til uppgöngu, 229; en þó ekki svá at til hans væri ráðanda (gerund.), Fms. vi. 352; réð hann þá til ok hjó sundr orminn, id.; þat var ekki annarra manna hlaup, enda réð ok engi til, Eg.; þeir ráða til ok hlaupa í munn drekanum, Fb. ii. 317; skal ráða til árinnar eðr eigi, shall we try to pass the river or not? Ld. 46; hann bauð út miklum her ok réð til skipa, Fms. i. 22; ráða til ferðar, to start on a journey, Landn.:—ráða skipi til hlunns, to put the ship in a shed, Eg. 515, Nj. 10; ráða sik frá e-u, to disengage oneself from, Hom. 147, MS. 655 xxvi. 1; ráða um, hann tók um strenginn, ok réð um at fara upp í skipit, and was just about to go up into the ship, Fms. ix. 24.
    3. periphrastically, with an infin. mostly without the particle ‘at;’ ráðumk ganga, we do go, Am. 77; ráðum yppa, spyrja segja, leyna, Lex. Poët.; hverr er segja ræðr, does tell, Hm. 125; hón réð vakna, she awoke, Am. 10; annan réð hón höggva, 48; ekki réttu leifa, 80; allt þats réð heita, 102; réð ek at ganga, Fas. ii. (in a verse); ef ek ræð á vág at vaða, Hbl. 47: with the particle ‘at,’ réð at stökkva, Eb. (in a verse): also reflex., réðsk at sofna, Rm. 5; but réð at sofna, went to sleep, 17: in prose, þau lög sem hann réði upp at segja, Íb. 12; ráðask geyja, Am. 24.
    B. Reflex. ráðask, referring to the person himself; ráðask um við e-n, to consult; Gunnarr görði görðina ok réðsk við öngan mann um, Nj. 80; hvárigum þótti ráð ráðit nema við aðra réðisk um, 167; ef hann hefði nokkut við mik um ráðisk, Ld. 306; þá réðsk hann um við vini sína, Eg. 9.
    2. to be resolved, fixed, settled; þá er kaupit réðsk, Nj. 17; eigi mun þat svá skjótt ráðask, Ísl. ii. 213; þetta mál er miklu meira en þat megi skjótt ráðask, Fms. vi. 18; af þeim tiðendum ræðsk þat, at …, ix. 433; eigi mun þetta ráðask þessu sinni, xi. 4; þá var ráðin sættin, Ld. 308; en ráðit kalla ek kaupit, Sd. 179; réðsk hann þá þar at hjóni, he hired himself out, entered service, Nj. 57. 3 (answering to and identical with A. V above), ráðask frá, to leave; þóat ek ráðumk frá, Fms. i. 225: ráðask í e-t, to undertake; ráðask í hernað, passim; hann réðsk í flokk með þeim, Nj. 94, Fb. ii. 172:—ráðask til e-s, to venture on a thing; þá ráðsk (imper.) þú til ok far í hauginn, Fms. iv. 28:—to move one’s abode, Hákon spurði Gunnar ef hann vildi ráðask til Hákonar jarls, Nj. 41; bið Una selja jörð sína ok ráðask hingat til mín, Orkn.; hann réðsk þangat bygðum, Þorf. Karl. 364; ráðask til ferðar (= Germ. sich begeben), Eg. 4; víkingar ok herkonungar er réðusk til liðs með Eiríki, Fms. i. 24; réðsk hann þá þangat um várit at fardögum ok móðir hans, Bs. i. 455: ráðask ór hernaði, to give up, leave off freebooting, Fg. 2:—at þeim hafði óheppilega um ráðisk, they had formed an unhappy plan, Knytl. S. ch. 69 (Lex. Poët.); cp. miðráðit.
    4. to turn out; ok réðsk til allgiptusamliga, Fms. x. 53; and in the mod. phrase, það réðsk vel, ended well; sjá hvernig það ræðst, see how it will turn out; of a dream, to prove true (see A. III), ok vilda ek at hvergi réðisk, Gísl. 24 (hvárngi réði, impers., 108, l. c.):—réðsk mikit mannfall, there came to be a great slaughter, Odd, 28.
    II. recipr., ráðask á, to attack one another; þeir spruttu upp með íllyrðum, ok svá kom at þeir ráðask á, Nj. 128.
    III. part. ráðinn, resolved, determined, Ölk. 36, Bárð. 173; hann mælti fátt eðr ekki við frá, … ef hann var ráðinn til at drepa þá, Fms. vii. 319:—likely, eigi er ráðit at oss fari svá, Nj. 89; þat er þó eigi ráðit hvárt svá berr til, Ld. 24; eigi er þat ráðit, at honum þætti allt sem hann talaði, Band. 12: compar., er engi ráðnari hlutr, more certain, Hom. (St.); at ráðnu, for certain, id.: valid, nýmæli ekki skal vera lengr ráðit en þrjú sumur, K. Þ. K. 56.
    2. clever; ríkr ok ráðinn, Grett. 90; vitr maðr ok ráðinn, Fb. ii. 357; roskinn ok ráðinn.
    3. betrayed, Germ. verrathen, Akv. 15, Fm. 37.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > RÁÐA

  • 2 RAÐA

    (ræð; réð, réðum; ráðinn), v.
    1) to advise, counsel, ráða e-m e-t (réðu vinir hans honum þat, at hann berðist eigi við þik);
    ráða e-m ráð, to give one counsel;
    2) to consult about, discuss, with dat. (ráða landráðum);
    ráða ráðum sínum, to hold a conference;
    3) to devise, plan;
    þeir ráða atför við Gunnar, thev plan an onslaught on G.;
    réð hón þeim bana, she plotted that man’s death;
    4) to plot or cause one’s death, = ráða e-m bana (þær atluðu, at konungr mundi hafa ráðit hann);
    Reginn mik réð, R. betrayed me;
    réðu þeir þat þá með sér, they settled this among themselves;
    6) to fix, decide, resolve, with acc.;
    ek hefi áðr ráðit brúðlaup mitt, I have fixed my wedding day;
    réðu þeir þá þat at fara ofan til Rangár, then they resolved to ride down to Rang river;
    ráða e-t til staðar, to settle, fix definitively, = staðráða e-t (vil ek finna konung áðr en ek ráða þetta til staðar);
    7) to hire, take into service (ráða skipverja, ráða sér hjón);
    bóndi sagði húsfreyju, at hann hafði Hrapp ráðit með sér, that he had taken H. into his company;
    8) to rule, govern, with dat. (ráða landi, ríki; Einarr jarl ráð þá Orkneyjum);
    9) to rule, command, have one’s way, prevail, decide, settle (skal hón sjálf ráða hvárt hón vill hann eða eigi);
    skal ráða afl með þeim, the majority shall decide;
    Ólafr bað móður sína. eina ráða, to settle the matter alone;
    landfall ræðr fyrir sunnan, makes the boundary towards the south;
    with dat., hvárt ræðr þú því, er, is it your doing that..?;
    ráða engu, to have no authority, be of no avail (orðheill þín skal engu ráða);
    ráða landamerkjum, to make the boundary (Hafslœkr réð þar landamerkjum);
    ráða búi sínu, to conduct, manage one’s estate;
    hann réð sér sjálfr, he was independent;
    ertu nökkurs ráðandi hér, have you any authority here?
    10) to have, possess, be master of, enjoy;
    ráða fé ok fjörvi, to enjoy wealth and life;
    11) to explain, read;
    ráða gátu, to read a riddle;
    ráða draum, to interpret a dream;
    ráða e-t at líkindum, to judge from probabilities (engar munu fríðari en þínar dœtr, ef at líkindum skal ráða);
    12) to read and understand (ráða rúnar, stafi, rit);
    réð ek þær rúnar, er reist þín systir, I have read the runes thy sister engraved;
    13) to punish, chastise, with dat. (fóstri hans var harðr við hann ok réð honum mjök);
    ráða stórt, to aim high, undertake great things;
    15) periphrastically with an infin., to do;
    ráðumk ganga, we (I) do go;
    hón réð vakna (= hón vaknaði), she awoke;
    þau lög, er hann réð upp at segja, the laws which he pronounced;
    16) with preps.:
    ráða e-t af, to resolve, make up one’s mind (réð hann þat af at sigla súðr til Danmerkr);
    to discontinue, put a stop to (ek hygg, at Þóroddr ætli nú at af ráða hingatkvámur þínar);
    to do away with (þú verðr nú þetta vandræði af at ráða);
    ráða e-n af e-u, to make one leave off (af hefir þú mik ráðit brekvísi við þik);
    ráða e-u af (e-u), to get off;
    Þ. bað menn taka forka ok ráða af skipinu, to get the ship off, set her afloat;
    ráða e-n af = ráða e-n af lífi, af dögum, to put out of the way, put to death (hann kvazt mundu af ráða illmenni þessi);
    ráða at e-m, to attack (njósnarmenn hlupu upp ok réðu at þeim);
    ráða á e-t, to set about a thing (þeir réðu á íshöggit);
    ráða á e-n, to attack one (þorðu aldri úvinir hans á hann at ráða);
    ráða bót (bœtr) á e-u, to remedy, make good (þóttust menn eigi kunna bœtr á þessu ráða);
    ráða eptir e-m, to pursue one;
    ráða e-n frá e-u, to deprive one of, exclude one from (ráða e-n frá landi, ríki);
    ráða fyrir e-u, to command, have authority over, be master of (ráða fyrir skipi, hofi, fé, eldi);
    ráða í e-t, to guess at, find out (Gormr konungr réð ekki í þetta);
    ráða móti, í móti e-m, to attack one (í móti Kára réð Mörðr);
    ráða e-n ofan, to overthrow;
    ráða ór e-u, to find an expedient, solve a difficulty (er nú vant ór at ráða);
    ráða til e-s, to rush in upon, attack (hann reiddi upp øxina ok réð til Þórvarðs); to take to (set about) a thing, try, make an attempt;
    S. kom fótum undir sik, ok réð til í annat sinn, and tried again the second time;
    ok er nú til at ráða, ef þér vilit, now is the time for action, if you are willing;
    skal ráða til árinnar eða eigi, shall we try to pass the river or not?;
    ráða til orrostu, to go to battle;
    ráða til uppgöngu, to make an ascent;
    ráða til ferðar, to start on a journey;
    ráða skipi til hlunns, to draw a ship on to land;
    ráða um e-t, to dispose of (megum vér eigi ráða um hennar gjaforð);
    to deliberate on (konungr gaf jarli orlof at ráða um þetta við menn sina);
    ráða um at gøra e-t, to be about to do a thing (hann tók um strenginn ok réð um at fara upp í skipit);
    ráða um við e-n, to put an end to, finish off (var Alfr þá kominn ok ætlaði skjótt um at ráða við Finnboga);
    ráða e-t or e-u undan e-m, to deprive one of (hón vildi eigi giptast, því at hón vildi eigi ráða fé undan dóttur sinni);
    ráða e-t undir e-n, to put in the charge of (þá réðu þeir goðorð sitt undir Rafn);
    ráða e-t upp, to read up (þessi sömu bréf lét erkibiskup upp ráða í Danmörku);
    ráða við e-n, to be able to master one (muntu nú einn við mik ráða);
    ráða e-t við sik, to make up one’s mind;
    ráða yfir e-u, to rule, govern;
    17) refl., ráðast.
    * * *
    að, [röð], to place in order, with dat.; raða e-u niðr, whence niðr-raðan. order.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > RAÐA

  • 3 possum

    possum, pŏtŭi, posse, v. n. irreg. (old forms, potis sum, for possum, Plaut. Poen. 5, 2, 26; id. Curc. 5, 3, 23; so,

    potis est,

    id. Ps. 1, 1, 41:

    potis sunt, for possunt,

    id. Poen. 1, 2, 17: POTISIT, S. C. de Bacchan.: potisset, for posset, and potisse, for posse, Lucil. ap. Non. 484, 32, and 445, 29:

    potesse, for posse, very freq.,

    Plaut. Aul. 2, 4, 30; id. Cist. 1, 1, 32; id. Truc. 1, 1, 73; id. Ep. 2, 2, 43; id. Bacch. 3, 6, 30 al.; Lucr. 1, 665; 2, 225; 1010:

    possiem,

    Plaut. Bacch. 4, 5, 2; id. Stich. 3, 2, 25:

    potis sis,

    id. Poen. 4, 2, 53:

    potis siem,

    id. Merc. 2, 2, 59: possies, Enn. ap. Gell. 2, 29 fin., or Sat. v. 38 Vahl.; Plaut. As. 4, 2, 10; id. Aul. 4, 10, 17; id. Most. 2, 2, 34; 3, 2, 147; id. Men. 5, 9, 45:

    possiet,

    id. Cist. 1, 3, 37; id. Bacch. 3, 1, 3; id. Most. 1, 1, 13 al.; cf. Brix ad Plaut. Mil. 884; Fleck. Krit. Misc. p. 45 sq.—In pass.: potestur, Enn. ap. Diom. p. 380 P. (Ann. [p. 1404] v. 594 Vahl.): Pac. ap. Non. 508, 29; Quadrig. ap. id. 508, 30; Lucr. 3, 1010: poteratur, Cael. ap. Non. 508, 27: possitur, Lex. Servil. p. 59 Haubold; Scaurus ap. Diom. p. 381 P.: possetur, Quadrig. ap. Non. 508, 18) [potis-sum].
    I.
    In gen., to be able, have power; I ( thou, he, etc.) can (syn. queo):

    quantum valeam, quantumque possim,

    Cic. Fam. 6, 5, 1:

    consilio, quantum potero, labore plus paene quam potero exeubabo,

    id. Phil. 6, 7, 18:

    ut, quoad possem et liceret, a senis latere nunquam discederem,

    id. Lael. 1, 1:

    timor igitur ab iis aegritudinem potuit repellere, ratio non poterit?

    id. Tuse. 3, 27, 66.—With sup.:

    Caesari te commendavi et tradidi, ut gravissime diligentissimeque potui,

    as earnestly and warmly as I possibly could, Cic. Fam. 7, 17, 2: potest fieri, it may be, is possible:

    potest fieri, ut fallar,

    id. ib. 13, 73, 2: non possum quin, I can not but: non possum quin exclamem, ut ait ille in Trinummo (Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 79; cf. id. Mil. 2, 2, 107); Cic. de Or. 2, 10, 39:

    ut nihil ad te dem litterarum, facere non possum,

    I cannot help writing to you, id. Att. 8, 14, 1:

    facere non potui quin tibi sententiam declararem meam,

    id. Fam. 6, 13, 1; cf.:

    non possum non: aequitatem tuam non potui non probare,

    id. ib. 1, 9, 26:

    non possum te non accusare,

    id. ib. 5, 14, 2:

    is non potest eam (mortem) non timere,

    id. Fin. 3, 8, 29.— Absol.: potest (sc. fieri), it may be, is possible:

    potest, ut alii ita arbitrentur,

    Plaut. Ps. 2, 2, 38: non, non sic futurum est;

    non potest,

    Ter. Phorm. 2, 1, 73; Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 100 Brix; cf. id. Trin. 3, 3, 3:

    quae (mala) si potest singula consolando levare, etc.,

    Cic. Fin. 5, 28, 84:

    nos dignitatem, ut potest, retinebimus,

    id. Fam. 1, 2, 4.—Quantum or ut potest, as much or as far as possible:

    ibo atque arcessam medicum, quantum potest,

    Plaut. Men. 5, 2; id. Most. 3, 2, 71; Ter. Eun. 5, 1, 20:

    nos in senatu dignitatem nostram, ut potest in tantā hominum perfidiā, retinebimus,

    Cic. Fam. 1, 2, 4.—In urgent questions:

    possum scire, quo profectus, cujus sis, aut quid veneris?

    may I know? can I learn? pray, will you tell me? Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 190:

    possumne ego hodie ex te exsculpere Verum?

    Ter. Eun. 4, 4, 44.—
    II.
    In partic.
    A. 1.
    With neutr. acc. used adverbially (class.; cf.

    polleo): vocat me, quae in me plus potest,

    Plaut. Truc. 4, 2, 42:

    plus potest qui plus valet,

    id. ib. 4, 3, 38:

    qui tum et poterant per vim et scelus plurimum, et quod poterant, id audebant,

    Cic. Quint. 21, 69:

    quid ergo? hoc pueri possunt, viri non poterunt?

    id. Tusc. 2, 14, 34:

    qui apud me et amicitiā, et beneficiis, et dignitate plurimum possunt,

    id. Rosc. Am. 1, 4:

    plus aliquanto apud te pecuniae cupiditas, quam judicii metus potuit,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 57, § 131; id. de Or. 2, 42, 180:

    quid aristolochia ad morsus serpentum possit,

    id. Div. 1, 10, 16:

    quoniam multum potest provisio animi ad minuendum dolorem,

    id. Tusc. 3, 14, 30:

    ad beate vivendum satis posse virtutem,

    id. ib. 5, 5, 12: multum posse ad salutem alterius... parum potuisse ad exitium, Cic. Opp. ap. Amm. 30, 8, 7.—
    2.
    In gen., and without neutr. acc. (late Lat.):

    posse litteras ejus ad perniciem, non posse ad salutem,

    App. Mag. 79, p. 324.—
    B.
    Posse aliquem, to be able to embrace one ( poet.), Mart. 3, 32.—
    C.
    Posse as subst. ( poet.):

    posse loqui,

    the power of speech, Ov. M. 2, 483:

    posse moveri = facultatem se movendi,

    id. ib. 11, 177.—
    D.
    Freq. in elliptical sentences:

    quod vi non poterant, fraude assequi temptant,

    Curt. 5, 10, 8:

    Ismenias, etsi publicis non poterat, privatis tamen viribus adjuvabat,

    Just. 5, 9, 8:

    ut auxilium quod misericordiā non poterat, jure cognationis obtineret,

    id. 28, 1, 9:

    ut collegam vi, si aliter non possent, de foro abducerent,

    Liv. 2, 56.—
    E.
    In apodosis of conditional sentences, analogous to the auxiliaries of the Engl. potential mood (v. Roby, § 1520; Zumpt, § 519).
    1.
    Indic.:

    ille potuit exspectatior venire, qui te nuntiaret mortuom (= si quis nuntiaret, etc.),

    Plaut. Most. 1, 2, 12:

    nec vero ipsam amicitiam tueri possumus, nisi aeque amicos et nosmet ipsos diligamus,

    Cic. Fin. 1, 20, 67:

    Pompeius munitiones Caesaris prohibere non poterat, nisi praelio decertare vellet,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 44: consul esse qui potui, nisi eum vitae cursum tenuissem, Cic. Rep. 1, 6, 10:

    (res publica) poterat esse perpetua, si patriis viveretur institutis,

    id. ib. 3, 29, 41:

    deleri totus exercitus potuit, si fugientis persecuti victores essent,

    Liv. 32, 12, 6:

    nisi felicitas in socordiam vertisset exuere jugum potuerunt,

    Tac. Agr. 31.—
    2.
    Subj.:

    qui denique ex bestiis fructus, nisi homines adjuvarent, percipi posset,

    Cic. Off. 2, 4, 14; cf.:

    ventum quidem erat eo, ut, si hostem similem antiquis Macedonum regibus habuisset consul, magna clades accipi potuerit,

    Liv. 44, 4, 9.—So when the condition is implied, or is contained in an adverbial clause:

    quae res egestati et aeri alieno tuo praeter mortem Caesaris subvenire potuisset?

    Cic. Phil. 2, 14, 36:

    quis opifex praeter naturam... tantam sollertiam persequi potuisset in sensibus?

    id. N. D. 2, 57, 142; id. Tusc. 4, 19, 44:

    plurima proferre possemus, sed modus adhibendus est,

    Nep. Epam. 4, 6:

    possem hic Ciceronis respondere verbis, sed, etc.,

    Quint. 2, 21, 14.—Hence, pŏtens, entis ( gen. plur. potentum, Verg. A. 12, 519; Claud. Laud. Stil. 2, 114), P. a.
    A.
    In gen., able, mighty, powerful, potent (class.):

    amplae atque potentes civitates,

    Cic. Inv. 2, 56, 169:

    familiae clarae ac potentes,

    Liv. 23, 4:

    amici magni et potentes,

    Suet. Aug. 56:

    ne quis ex plebe contra potentiorem auxilii egeret,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 10:

    duo potentissimi reges,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 4:

    potentissimus et clarissimus civis,

    id. Planc. 21, 51.—
    (β).
    With gen.:

    quanta sit humani ingenii vis, quam potens efficiendi quae velit,

    Quint. 12, 11, 10.—
    (γ).
    With abl.:

    Roma potens opibus,

    Ov. F. 4, 255:

    pecuniā et orbitate,

    Tac. H. 1, 73.—
    (δ).
    With inf.:

    compensare potens,

    Dig. 16, 2, 10.—
    B.
    In partic.
    1.
    Having power over, ruling over, master of a thing; with gen.:

    dum liber, dum mei potens sum,

    as long as I am my own master, Liv. 26, 13, 14:

    sanus mentisque potens,

    in his right mind, Ov. Tr. 2, 139:

    potens mei non eram,

    Curt. 4, 13, 23:

    potentes rerum suarum atque urbis,

    having made themselves masters of, Liv. 23, 16, 6; so, facere aliquem potentem alicujus rei, to make one master of any thing, to give one the power over a thing:

    consilii,

    id. 8, 13, 14:

    imperii,

    id. 22, 42, 12: diva potens Cypri, that reigns over Cyprus, i.e. Venus, Hor. C. 1, 3, 1:

    Naïadum potens (Bacchus),

    id. ib. 3, 25, 14:

    silvarum potens Diana,

    id. C. S. 1:

    diva potens uteri,

    i.e. Lucina, Ov. M. 9, 315:

    rerum omnium potens Juppiter,

    Tac. H. 4, 84:

    lyrae Musa potens,

    that presides over lyric poetry, Hor. C. 1, 6, 10:

    irae,

    master of his anger, Curt. 4, 2, 5:

    mariti,

    ruling her husband, Tac. A. 14, 60:

    animal potens leti,

    that can kill, deadly, Luc. 6, 485; cf. id. 5, 199 Corte ad loc.—
    2.
    Fit for, capable of any thing; with gen.:

    potens regni,

    Liv. 24, 2: hostes neque pugnae, neque fugae satis potentes caeduntur, unable either to fight or flee, id. 8, 39.—
    3.
    Partaking of, having attained a thing; with gen. ( poet.):

    pacis potentes,

    Plaut. Poen. 5, 4, 9:

    voti,

    Ov. M. 8, 80:

    jussi,

    having fulfilled the command, id. ib. 4, 509.—
    4.
    Strong, mighty, powerful, efficacious, potent (mostly poet. and in post-Aug. prose):

    fortuna in res bellicas potens,

    Liv. 9, 17:

    herba potens ad opem,

    Ov. H. 5, 147:

    verba,

    id. Am. 3, 11, 31:

    herba potens adversus ranas,

    Plin. 25, 10, 81, § 130:

    passum ex uvis contra haemorrhoida potens,

    id. 23, 1, 12, § 15.— Comp.:

    nihil esse potentius auro,

    Ov. Am. 3, 8, 29:

    quaedam ad efficiendum potentiora,

    Quint. 6, 1, 26.— Sup.:

    potentissimae cantharides,

    Plin. 29, 4, 30, § 94:

    argumenta,

    Quint. 6, 4, 22.—Hence, adv.: pŏtenter, strongly, mightily, powerfully, effectually ( poet. and in post-Aug. prose):

    se ipsam potenter atque efficaciter defendere,

    Val. Max. 1, 1, 1:

    dicere,

    Quint. 12, 10, 72. — Comp.:

    aurum... perrumpere amat saxa potentius Ictu fulmineo,

    Hor. C. 3, 16, 9; Quint. 6, 4, 18.—
    B.
    According to one's ability or powers ( poet.):

    lecta potenter res,

    Hor. A. P. 40.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > possum

  • 4 open

    1. adjective

    with the window open — bei geöffnetem Fenster

    be [wide/half] open — [weit/halb] offen stehen

    hold the door open [for somebody] — [jemandem] die Tür aufhalten

    push/pull/kick the door open — die Tür aufstoßen/aufziehen/eintreten

    force something openetwas mit Gewalt öffnen

    [not] be able to keep one's eyes open — [nicht mehr] die Augen offenhalten können; see also academic.ru/26032/eye">eye 1. 1)

    2) (unconfined) offen [Gelände, Feuer]

    in the open airim Freien

    3) (ready for business or use)

    be open[Laden, Museum, Bank usw.:] geöffnet sein

    ‘open’/‘open on Sundays’ — "geöffnet"/"Sonntags geöffnet"

    4) (accessible) offen; öffentlich [Treffen, Rennen]; (available) frei [Stelle]; freibleibend [Angebot]

    lay openoffen legen [Plan]

    5)

    be open to(exposed to) ausgesetzt sein (+ Dat.) [Wind, Sturm]; (receptive to) offen sein für [Ratschlag, andere Meinung, Vorschlag]

    I hope to sell it for £1,000, but I am open to offers — ich möchte es für 1 000 Pfund verkaufen, aber ich lasse mit mir handeln

    lay oneself [wide] open to criticism — etc. sich der Kritik usw. aussetzen

    be open to question/doubt/argument — fraglich/zweifelhaft/umstritten sein

    6) (undecided) offen

    have an open mind about or on something — einer Sache gegenüber aufgeschlossen sein

    7) (undisguised, manifest) unverhohlen [Bewunderung, Hass]; offen [Verachtung, Empörung, Widerstand]; offensichtlich [Spaltung, Zwiespalt]

    open war/warfare — offener Krieg/Kampf

    8) (frank) offen [Wesen, Streit, Abstimmung, Gesicht]; (not secret) öffentlich [Wahl]

    be open [about something/with somebody] — [in Bezug auf etwas (Akk.) /gegenüber jemandem] offen sein

    9) (expanded, unfolded) offen, geöffnet [Pore, Regenschirm]; aufgeblüht [Blume, Knospe]; aufgeschlagen [Zeitung, Landkarte, Stadtplan]

    somebody/something is an open book [to somebody] — (fig.) jemand/etwas ist ein aufgeschlagenes od. offenes Buch [für jemanden]

    2. noun

    in the open(outdoors) unter freiem Himmel

    [out] in the open — (fig.) [öffentlich] bekannt

    come [out] into the open — (fig.) (become obvious) herauskommen (ugs.); (speak out) offen sprechen

    bring something [out] into the open — (fig.) etwas an die Öffentlichkeit bringen

    3. transitive verb
    1) öffnen; aufmachen (ugs.)
    2) (allow access to)

    open something [to somebody/something] — etwas öffnen [für jemanden/etwas]; (fig.) [jemandem/einer Sache] etwas öffnen

    3) (establish) eröffnen [Konferenz, Kampagne, Diskussion, Laden]; beginnen [Verhandlungen, Krieg, Spiel]; (declare open) eröffnen [Gebäude usw.]

    open fire [on somebody/something] — das Feuer [auf jemanden/etwas] eröffnen

    4) (unfold, spread out) aufschlagen [Zeitung, Landkarte, Stadtplan, Buch]; aufspannen, öffnen [Schirm]; öffnen [Fallschirm, Poren]

    open one's arms [wide] — die od. seine Arme [weit] ausbreiten

    something opens new horizons/a new world to somebody — (fig.) etwas eröffnet jemandem neue Horizonte/eine neue Welt

    6) (make more receptive)

    open one's heart or mind to somebody/something — sich jemandem/einer Sache öffnen

    4. intransitive verb
    1) sich öffnen; aufgehen; [Spalt, Kluft:] sich auftun

    ‘Doors open at 7 p.m.’ — "Einlass ab 19 Uhr"

    open inwards/outwards — nach innen/außen aufgehen

    the door would not opendie Tür ging nicht auf od. ließ sich nicht öffnen

    his eyes opened wideer riss die Augen weit auf

    open into/on to something — zu etwas führen

    2) (become open to customers) öffnen; aufmachen (ugs.); (start trading etc.) eröffnet werden
    3) (make a start) beginnen; [Ausstellung:] eröffnet werden
    Phrasal Verbs:
    •• Cultural note:
    Eine britische Fernuniversität, die 1969 gegründet wurde und vor allem Berufstätigen im Fernstudium Kurse auf verschiedenem Niveau bietet, insbesondere wissenschaftliche und berufliche Fortbildungsprogramme. Studenten jeder Altersgruppe, selbst solche ohne die erforderlichen Schulabschlüsse, können das Studium nach vier oder fünf Jahren mit dem Bachelor's degree und dem Master's degree abschließen. Teilnehmer studieren von zu Hause - teilweise mittels audiovisueller Medien - schicken ihre Arbeit ein und erhalten eine Rückantwort von ihrem tutor (Dozent). Studenten können auch am Direktunterricht mit wöchentlichen Seminaren in Studienzentren und an Sommerschulen teilnehmen. Nach dem erfolgreichen Vorbild der Open University gibt es inzwischen auch in anderen Teilen der Welt ähnliche Fortbildungsprogramme
    * * *
    ['əupən] 1. adjective
    1) (not shut, allowing entry or exit: an open box; The gate is wide open.) offen
    2) (allowing the inside to be seen: an open book.) offen
    3) (ready for business etc: The shop is open on Sunday afternoons; After the fog had cleared, the airport was soon open again; The gardens are open to the public.) geöffnet
    4) (not kept secret: an open show of affection.) offen
    5) (frank: He was very open with me about his work.) offen
    6) (still being considered etc: Leave the matter open.) offen
    7) (empty, with no trees, buildings etc: I like to be out in the open country; an open space.) offen
    2. verb
    1) (to make or become open: He opened the door; The door opened; The new shop opened last week.) öffnen
    2) (to begin: He opened the meeting with a speech of welcome.) eröffnen
    - opener
    - opening
    - openly
    - open-air
    - open-minded
    - open-plan
    - be an open secret
    - bring something out into the open
    - bring out into the open
    - in the open
    - in the open air
    - keep/have an open mind
    - open on to
    - the open sea
    - open to
    - open up
    - with open arms
    * * *
    [ˈəʊpən, AM ˈoʊ-]
    I. adj
    1. inv (not closed) container, eyes, garment, door, window offen, auf präd; pass also geöffnet, für den Verkehr freigegeben; book aufgeschlagen; flower aufgeblüht, erblüht; map auseinandergefaltet
    she was breathing through her \open mouth sie atmete durch den offenen Mund
    excuse me, your fly is \open entschuldige, aber dein Hosenstall steht offen fam
    I had difficulty keeping my eyes \open ich konnte die Augen kaum noch offenhalten
    to welcome sb with \open arms ( fig) jdn mit offenen Armen empfangen [o aufnehmen]
    \open boat Boot nt ohne Verdeck
    to do sth with one's eyes \open etw ganz bewusst tun
    I got into this job with my eyes \open als ich diesen Job angenommen habe, war mir klar, was mich erwartet
    an \open wound eine offene Wunde
    wide \open [sperrangel]weit geöffnet
    to burst \open bag, case aufgehen
    to push sth \open etw aufstoßen; (violently) etw mit Gewalt öffnen
    2. inv, pred (for customers, visitors) shop, bar, museum geöffnet, offen
    is the supermarket \open yet? hat der Supermarkt schon auf?
    is that new computer store \open for business yet? hat dieser neue Computerladen schon aufgemacht?
    to declare sth for \open etw für eröffnet erklären
    3. inv (not yet decided) case, decision, question offen
    the race is still wide \open bei dem Rennen ist noch alles drin
    the price is \open to negotiation über den Preis kann noch verhandelt werden
    to be \open to interpretation Interpretationsspielraum bieten
    an \open matter eine schwebende Angelegenheit [o offene Sache]
    an \open mind eine unvoreingenommene Einstellung
    to have/keep an \open mind unvoreingenommen [o objektiv] sein/bleiben
    she has a very \open mind about new things sie steht neuen Dingen sehr aufgeschlossen gegenüber
    to keep one's options \open sich dat alle Möglichkeiten offenhalten
    an \open question eine offene Frage
    \open ticket Ticket nt mit offenem Reisedatum
    to leave sth \open etw offenlassen
    4. inv (not enclosed) offen
    to be in the \open air an der frischen Luft sein
    to get out in the \open air an die frische Luft gehen
    \open country unbebautes Land
    \open field freies Feld
    on the \open road auf freier Strecke
    on the \open sea auf hoher See [o dem offenem Meer
    5. inv (accessible to all) offen, öffentlich zugänglich
    this library is not \open to the general public dies ist keine öffentliche Bibliothek
    the competition is \open to anyone over the age of sixteen an dem Wettbewerb kann jeder teilnehmen, der älter als 16 Jahre ist
    the job is \open to all applicants die Stelle steht allen Bewerbern offen
    to have \open access to sth freien Zugang zu etw dat haben
    in \open court in öffentlicher Verhandlung
    an \open discussion eine öffentliche Diskussion
    6. inv (not concealed) offen
    \open hostility offene Feindschaft
    \open resentment unverhohlene Abneigung
    an \open scandal ein öffentlicher Skandal
    to lay sth \open etw offenlegen
    7. inv, pred (frank) person offen
    he is quite \open about his weaknesses er spricht freimütig über seine Schwächen
    to be \open with sb offen zu jdm sein
    an \open person ein offener [o aufrichtiger] Mensch
    8. inv, pred (willing to accept)
    to be \open to sth für etw akk offen sein
    \open to offers Angebote werden entgegengenommen
    the company is \open to offers for the empty factory die Firma zieht Angebote für die leer stehende Fabrik in Betracht
    to be \open to advice/new ideas/suggestions Ratschlägen/neuen Ideen/Vorschlägen gegenüber aufgeschlossen [o offen] sein
    to be \open to bribes/offers/persuasion für Bestechung/Angebote/Überredung zugänglich sein
    9. inv (available) frei, verfügbar; offer freibleibend
    our offer will be kept \open until the end of the week unser Angebot gilt noch [o bleibt noch bestehen] bis Ende der Woche
    there are still lots of opportunities \open to you dir stehen noch viele Möglichkeiten offen
    it is \open to you to accept or to refuse the offer es steht Ihnen frei, das Angebot anzunehmen oder abzulehnen
    the line is \open now die Leitung ist jetzt frei
    to keep a bank account \open ein Bankkonto [weiterhin] bestehen lassen
    \open time verfügbare Zeit
    \open vacancies offene [o freie] Stellen
    10. inv, pred (exposed) offen, ungeschützt; MIL ungedeckt, ohne Deckung
    to be \open to sth etw dat ausgesetzt sein
    his macho attitude leaves him \open to ridicule mit seinem Machogehabe gibt er sich selbst der Lächerlichkeit preis
    to be \open to attack Angriffen ausgesetzt sein
    to be \open to criticism kritisierbar sein
    to be \open to doubt zweifelhaft [o fraglich] sein
    to be \open to the enemy feindlichem Zugriff unterliegen
    to lay oneself \open to sth sich akk etw dat aussetzen
    11. inv SPORT offen
    \open champion Sieger(in) m(f) einer offenen Meisterschaft
    \open championship offene Meisterschaften pl
    12. inv SPORT (unprotected) game, style of play frei, ungedeckt
    13. inv (letting in air) durchlässig, porös
    an \open screen ein Drahtgitter [o Drahtnetz] nt
    an \open weave eine lockere Webart
    14. inv MUS
    \open note Grundton m
    \open pipe offene [Orgel]pfeife
    \open string leere Saite
    15. inv ELEC
    \open circuit unterbrochener Stromkreislauf
    16. inv MED (not constipated) bowels nicht verstopft, frei
    17. inv BRIT FIN (not crossed)
    \open cheque Barscheck m, Barcheck m SCHWEIZ
    18. inv (free of ice) port, river eisfrei; weather, winter frostfrei
    19. LING offen
    \open syllable offene Silbe
    \open vowel offener Vokal
    20. MATH
    \open set offene Menge
    21.
    to be an \open book person [wie] ein aufgeschlagenes [o offenes] Buch sein; thing ein Kinderspiel sein
    computers are an \open book to him mit Computern hat er überhaupt kein Probleme
    II. vi
    1. (from closed) sich akk öffnen, aufgehen
    the door \opens much more easily now die Tür lässt sich jetzt viel leichter öffnen
    the flowers \open in the morning die Blüten öffnen sich am Morgen
    I can't get the door to \open! ich kann die Tür nicht aufkriegen!
    2. (give access)
    to \open onto sth [direkt] zu etw dat führen
    the door \opens into the garden die Tür führt direkt in den Garten
    to \open off sth zu etw dat hinführen
    the small path \opened off the main road der schmale Weg führte auf die Hauptstraße
    3. (for service) öffnen, aufmachen fam
    the cafe \opens at ten o'clock das Café öffnet um zehn Uhr
    4. (start) piece of writing or music, story beginnen, anfangen; film anlaufen; play Premiere haben
    the trial \opens/the Olympic Games \open tomorrow der Prozess wird/die Olympischen Spiele werden morgen eröffnet
    the film \opens in New York next week der Film läuft nächste Woche in New York an
    who's going to \open? (in cards) wer kommt raus?, wer hat das Ausspiel?; STOCKEX
    the shares \opened lower bei Börsenbeginn standen die Aktien niedriger
    5. (become visible) sich akk zeigen
    the valley \opened before them das Tal tat sich vor ihnen auf
    6. (start new business) eröffnen, aufmachen, aufgehen SCHWEIZ
    III. n
    1. no pl (out of doors)
    [out] in the \open draußen; (in the open air) im Freien
    to camp in the \open unter freiem Himmel nächtigen
    2. no pl (not secret)
    to bring sth out into the \open etw publikmachen [o an die Öffentlichkeit bringen]
    to come out into the \open ans Licht kommen, auskommen SCHWEIZ, ruchbar werden geh
    to get sth [out] in[to] the \open etw [offen] zur Sprache bringen [o ansprechen
    the O\open [offene] Meisterschaft, Open nt fachspr
    IV. vt
    1. (change from closed)
    to \open a book/magazine/newspaper ein Buch/ein Magazin/eine Zeitung aufschlagen
    to \open a box/window/bottle eine Dose/ein Fenster/eine Flasche aufmachen [o öffnen]
    to \open the curtains [or drapes] die Vorhänge aufziehen
    to \open the door [or doors] to sth ( fig) neue Perspektiven [o Möglichkeiten] für etw akk eröffnen
    to \open one's eyes seine Augen öffnen [o aufmachen]
    to \open one's home to sb jdn bei sich dat aufnehmen
    to \open a letter/file einen Brief/eine Akte öffnen
    to \open a map eine [Straßen]karte auffalten
    to \open one's mouth ( also fig) den Mund aufmachen, etw ausplaudern [o SCHWEIZ ausbringen]
    to \open a vein ( hum) zum Strick greifen hum
    2. (begin)
    to \open fire MIL das Feuer eröffnen
    to \open a meeting/rally ein Treffen/eine Kundgebung eröffnen
    to \open negotiations in Verhandlungen eintreten
    to \open the proceedings das Verfahren eröffnen
    3. (set up)
    to \open a bank account ein Konto einrichten [o eröffnen]
    to \open a business/branch ein Geschäft/eine Zweigstelle eröffnen [o aufmachen
    4. (for customers, visitors) öffnen
    the company will open its doors for business next month die Firma wird im nächsten Monat eröffnet
    to \open a bakery/book store/restaurant eine Bäckerei/einen Buchladen/ein Restaurant öffnen
    to \open a building ein Gebäude einweihen
    to \open a road/tunnel eine Straße/einen Tunnel für den Verkehr freigeben
    to \open sth etw erschließen
    to \open a new field of science wissenschaftliches Neuland erschließen
    to \open one's bowels den Darm entleeren
    8. (clear blockages)
    to \open sth:
    the security team \opened a way through the crowd for the president das Sicherheitsteam bahnte dem Präsidenten einen Weg durch die Menge
    to \open a canal einen Kanal passierbar machen
    to \open a pipe ein Rohr durchgängig machen
    to \open the view den Blick [o die Sicht] ermöglichen
    9.
    to \open sb's eyes to sb/sth jdm die Augen über jdn/etw öffnen
    to \open the floodgates [to sb/sth] [jdm/etw] Tür und Tor öffnen pej
    to \open one's heart to sb jdm sein Herz ausschütten, sich akk jdm anvertrauen
    to \open one's mind offener [o SCHWEIZ meist aufgeschlossener] werden
    * * *
    ['əUpən]
    1. adj
    1) door, bottle, book, eye, flower etc offen, auf pred, geöffnet; circuit offen; lines of communication frei; wound etc offen

    to keep/hold the door open — die Tür offen lassen or auflassen/offen halten or aufhalten

    to fling or throw the door open —

    the window flew open —

    2) (= open for business shop, bank etc) geöffnet

    the baker/baker's shop is open — der Bäcker hat/der Bäckerladen ist or hat geöffnet or hat auf (inf)

    3) (= not enclosed) offen; country, ground offen, frei; view frei; carriage, car offen, ohne Verdeck
    4) (= not blocked) Ling offen; road, canal, pores offen, frei (to für), geöffnet; rail track, river frei (to für); (MUS) string leer; pipe offen

    open to traffic/shipping — für den Verkehr/die Schifffahrt freigegeben

    "road open to traffic" — "Durchfahrt frei"

    5) (= officially in use) building eingeweiht; road, bridge (offiziell) freigegeben; exhibition eröffnet

    to declare sth open — etw einweihen/freigeben/für eröffnet erklären

    6) (= not restricted, accessible) letter, scholarship offen; market, competition offen, frei; (= public) meeting, trial öffentlich

    to be open to sb (competition, membership, possibility) — jdm offenstehen; (admission) jdm freistehen; (place) für jdn geöffnet sein; (park)

    she gave us an open invitation to visitsie lud uns ein, jederzeit bei ihr vorbeizukommen

    7)

    to be open to advice/suggestions/ideas — Ratschlägen/Vorschlägen/Ideen zugänglich sein or gegenüber offen sein

    8) (= not filled) evening, time frei; job, post frei, offen
    9) (= not concealed) campaign, secret, resistance offen; hostility offen, unverhüllt
    10) (= not decided or settled) question offen, ungeklärt, ungelöst

    to keep an open mind — alles offenlassen; (judge, jury) unvoreingenommen sein

    to have an open mind on stheiner Sache (dat) aufgeschlossen gegenüberstehen

    11) (= exposed, not protected) (MIL) town offen; coast ungeschützt

    to be open to criticism/attack — der Kritik/Angriffen ausgesetzt sein

    to lay oneself open to criticism/attack — sich der Kritik/Angriffen aussetzen

    12) weave locker; fabric, pattern durchbrochen
    13) (= frank) character, face, person offen, aufrichtig
    2. n

    it's all out in the open nownun ist alles heraus (inf), nun ist es alles zur Sprache gekommen

    to come out into the open ( fig, person ) — Farbe bekennen, sich erklären; (affair)

    to force sb out into the open — jdn zwingen, sich zu stellen; (fig) jdn zwingen, Farbe zu bekennen

    3. vt
    1) door, mouth, bottle, letter etc öffnen, aufmachen (inf); book aufschlagen, öffnen; newspaper aufschlagen; throttle, circuit öffnen
    2) (officially) exhibition eröffnen; building einweihen; motorway (für den Verkehr) freigeben
    3) region erschließen
    4) (= reveal, unfold) öffnen

    to open one's heart to sbsich jdm eröffnen (geh), jdm sein Herz aufschließen (geh)

    open your mind to new possibilitiesöffnen Sie sich (dat) den Blick für neue Möglichkeiten

    5) (= start) case, trial, account eröffnen; debate, conversation etc beginnen
    6) (= set up) shop eröffnen, aufmachen (inf); school einrichten
    7) (MED) pores öffnen

    to open the bowels (person) — Stuhlgang haben; (medicine) abführen

    8)
    4. vi
    1) aufgehen; (eyes) sich öffnen; (door, flower, book, wound, pores, window) sich öffnen, aufgehen

    I couldn't get the box/bottle to open — ich habe die Schachtel/Flasche nicht aufbekommen

    2) (shop, museum) öffnen, aufmachen
    3) (= afford access door) führen (into in +acc)
    See:
    → also open on to
    4) (= start) beginnen (with mit); (CARDS, CHESS) eröffnen
    * * *
    open [ˈəʊpən]
    A s
    a) das offene Land,
    b) die offene oder hohe See,
    c) der freie Himmel:
    in the open im Freien, unter freiem Himmel, in der freien Natur, an der frischen Luft, (Bergbau) über Tag
    2. the open die Öffentlichkeit:
    bring into the open an die Öffentlichkeit bringen;
    a) sich zeigen, hervorkommen,
    b) sich erklären, offen reden, Farbe bekennen,
    c) an die Öffentlichkeit treten ( with sth mit etwas);
    draw sb into the open jemanden hervorlocken, jemanden aus seinem Versteck locken
    3. besonders Golf, Tennis: (für Amateure und Profis) offenes Turnier:
    the French Open pl die French Open pl
    B adj (adv openly)
    1. allg offen (Buch, Fenster, Flasche etc):
    sleep with the window open bei offenem Fenster schlafen;
    open chain CHEM offene Kette;
    open prison JUR offenes Gefängnis;
    open visibility SCHIFF klare Sicht;
    the door is open die Tür ist oder steht offen, die Tür ist geöffnet oder umg auf;
    cut open aufschneiden;
    get open eine Tür etc aufbekommen, -bringen;
    hold the door open for sb jemandem die Tür aufhalten;
    keep ( oder leave) open eine Tür etc auflassen;
    keep one’s eyes open fig die Augen offen halten;
    pull open eine Schublade etc aufziehen;
    throw open eine Tür etc aufreißen, -stoßen ( B 7);
    with open eyes mit offenen Augen (a. fig); arm1 Bes Redew, book A 1, bowel A 1 b, door Bes Redew, order A 5, punctuation 1
    2. MED offen (Tuberkulose, Wunde etc)
    3. offen, frei, zugänglich:
    open country offenes Gelände;
    open field freies Feld;
    open sea offenes Meer, hohe See;
    open spaces öffentliche Plätze (Parkanlagen etc); air1 A 1
    4. frei, offen:
    an open car ein offener Wagen;
    open motor ELEK offener oder ungeschützter Motor;
    lay open bloß-, freilegen ( B 11)
    5. offen, eisfrei (Hafen, Wasser etc):
    open winter frostfreier Winter
    6. geöffnet, offen, präd auch auf umg:
    the lines are open from … to … Sie können von … bis … anrufen;
    we are open wir haben geöffnet
    7. fig offen (to für), öffentlich, (jedem) zugänglich:
    be open to offenstehen (dat);
    a) der Öffentlichkeit zugänglich machen,
    b) zugänglich machen (to dat, für)( B 1);
    open tournament A 3;
    open competition freier Wettbewerb;
    open letter offener Brief;
    open market WIRTSCH offener oder freier Markt;
    open position freie oder offene (Arbeits)Stelle;
    open sale öffentliche Versteigerung;
    open session öffentliche Sitzung;
    open for subscription WIRTSCH zur Zeichnung aufgelegt;
    open to the public für die Öffentlichkeit zugänglich;
    open to traffic für den Verkehr freigegeben;
    in open court JUR in öffentlicher Sitzung oder Verhandlung
    8. fig zugänglich, aufgeschlossen ( beide:
    to für oder dat):
    be open to suggestions für Vorschläge offen sein; bribery, conviction 2, mind A 2
    9. fig ausgesetzt, unterworfen ( beide:
    to der Kritik etc):
    open to question anfechtbar;
    open to temptation anfällig gegen die Versuchung;
    lay o.s. open to criticism sich der Kritik aussetzen;
    leave o.s. wide open to sb sich jemandem gegenüber eine (große) Blöße geben;
    that is open to argument darüber lässt sich streiten;
    be open to different interpretations verschiedene Deutungen zulassen; misconstruction 1
    10. offen(kundig), unverhüllt (Verachtung etc):
    an open secret ein offenes Geheimnis
    11. offen, freimütig:
    I will be open with you ich will ganz offen mit Ihnen reden;
    open and aboveboard offen und ehrlich;
    a) offen darlegen,
    b) aufdecken, enthüllen ( B 4)
    12. unentschieden, offen (Frage, Kampf etc)
    13. fig frei (ohne Verbote):
    open pattern JUR ungeschütztes Muster;
    open season Jagd-, Fischzeit f (Ggs Schonzeit)
    14. frei (Zeit):
    keep a day open sich einen Tag freihalten
    15. lückenhaft (Gebiss etc):
    open population geringe Bevölkerungsdichte
    16. durchbrochen (Gewebe, Handarbeit)
    17. WIRTSCH laufend (Konto, Kredit, Rechnung):
    open cheque Br Barscheck m
    18. LING offen (Silbe, Vokal):
    open consonant Reibelaut m
    19. MUS
    a) weit (Lage, Satz)
    b) leer (Saite etc):
    open harmony weiter Satz;
    open note Grundton m (einer Saite etc)
    20. TYPO licht:
    open matter lichter oder weit durchschossener Satz;
    open type Konturschrift f
    C v/t
    1. allg öffnen, aufmachen, die Augen, ein Buch auch aufschlagen:
    open the circuit ELEK den Stromkreis ausschalten oder unterbrechen;
    open one’s mouth fig den Mund aufmachen; bowel A 1 b, door Bes Redew
    2. eröffnen ( an account WIRTSCH ein Konto; a business WIRTSCH ein Geschäft; a credit WIRTSCH einen Kredit oder ein Akkreditiv; the debate die Debatte; fire MIL das Feuer [ at, on auf akk]; a prospect eine Aussicht):
    open an account auch ein Konto anlegen;
    open new markets WIRTSCH neue Märkte erschließen;
    open negotiations Verhandlungen anknüpfen, in Verhandlungen eintreten;
    open a road to traffic eine Straße dem Verkehr übergeben;
    open diplomatic relations POL diplomatische Beziehungen aufnehmen
    3. aufschneiden, -stechen, öffnen ( alle auch MED)
    4. Gefühle, Gedanken enthüllen, seine Absichten kundtun:
    open o.s. to sb sich jemandem mitteilen; heart Bes Redew
    5. JUR in der Schwebe lassen:
    open a judg(e)ment beschließen, eine nochmalige Verhandlung über eine bereits gefällte Entscheidung zuzulassen
    6. besonders SCHIFF ein bisher verdecktes Objekt in Sicht bekommen
    D v/i
    1. sich öffnen oder auftun, aufgehen (Tür etc):
    “doors open at 7 p.m.” „Einlass ab 19 Uhr“; heaven 4
    2. (to) fig sich (dem Auge, Geist etc) erschließen oder zeigen oder auftun
    3. führen, gehen (Fenster, Tür)
    4. fig
    a) anfangen, beginnen (Börse, Schule etc)
    b) öffnen, aufmachen (Laden, Büro etc)
    c) anlaufen (Film), eröffnen (Ausstellung etc)
    d) (einen Brief, seine Rede) beginnen ( with mit)
    5. a) allg öffnen
    b) das Buch aufschlagen:
    let’s open at page 50
    6. SCHIFF in Sicht kommen
    * * *
    1. adjective

    be [wide/half] open — [weit/halb] offen stehen

    hold the door open [for somebody] — [jemandem] die Tür aufhalten

    push/pull/kick the door open — die Tür aufstoßen/aufziehen/eintreten

    [not] be able to keep one's eyes open — [nicht mehr] die Augen offenhalten können; see also eye 1. 1)

    2) (unconfined) offen [Gelände, Feuer]

    be open[Laden, Museum, Bank usw.:] geöffnet sein

    ‘open’/‘open on Sundays’ — "geöffnet"/"Sonntags geöffnet"

    4) (accessible) offen; öffentlich [Treffen, Rennen]; (available) frei [Stelle]; freibleibend [Angebot]

    lay openoffen legen [Plan]

    5)

    be open to (exposed to) ausgesetzt sein (+ Dat.) [Wind, Sturm]; (receptive to) offen sein für [Ratschlag, andere Meinung, Vorschlag]

    I hope to sell it for £1,000, but I am open to offers — ich möchte es für 1 000 Pfund verkaufen, aber ich lasse mit mir handeln

    lay oneself [wide] open to criticism — etc. sich der Kritik usw. aussetzen

    be open to question/doubt/argument — fraglich/zweifelhaft/umstritten sein

    6) (undecided) offen

    have an open mind about or on something — einer Sache gegenüber aufgeschlossen sein

    7) (undisguised, manifest) unverhohlen [Bewunderung, Hass]; offen [Verachtung, Empörung, Widerstand]; offensichtlich [Spaltung, Zwiespalt]

    open war/warfare — offener Krieg/Kampf

    8) (frank) offen [Wesen, Streit, Abstimmung, Gesicht]; (not secret) öffentlich [Wahl]

    be open [about something/with somebody] — [in Bezug auf etwas (Akk.) /gegenüber jemandem] offen sein

    9) (expanded, unfolded) offen, geöffnet [Pore, Regenschirm]; aufgeblüht [Blume, Knospe]; aufgeschlagen [Zeitung, Landkarte, Stadtplan]

    somebody/something is an open book [to somebody] — (fig.) jemand/etwas ist ein aufgeschlagenes od. offenes Buch [für jemanden]

    2. noun

    in the open (outdoors) unter freiem Himmel

    [out] in the open — (fig.) [öffentlich] bekannt

    come [out] into the open — (fig.) (become obvious) herauskommen (ugs.); (speak out) offen sprechen

    bring something [out] into the open — (fig.) etwas an die Öffentlichkeit bringen

    3. transitive verb
    1) öffnen; aufmachen (ugs.)

    open something [to somebody/something] — etwas öffnen [für jemanden/etwas]; (fig.) [jemandem/einer Sache] etwas öffnen

    3) (establish) eröffnen [Konferenz, Kampagne, Diskussion, Laden]; beginnen [Verhandlungen, Krieg, Spiel]; (declare open) eröffnen [Gebäude usw.]

    open fire [on somebody/something] — das Feuer [auf jemanden/etwas] eröffnen

    4) (unfold, spread out) aufschlagen [Zeitung, Landkarte, Stadtplan, Buch]; aufspannen, öffnen [Schirm]; öffnen [Fallschirm, Poren]

    open one's arms [wide] — die od. seine Arme [weit] ausbreiten

    5) (reveal, expose)

    something opens new horizons/a new world to somebody — (fig.) etwas eröffnet jemandem neue Horizonte/eine neue Welt

    open one's heart or mind to somebody/something — sich jemandem/einer Sache öffnen

    4. intransitive verb
    1) sich öffnen; aufgehen; [Spalt, Kluft:] sich auftun

    ‘Doors open at 7 p.m.’ — "Einlass ab 19 Uhr"

    open inwards/outwards — nach innen/außen aufgehen

    the door would not opendie Tür ging nicht auf od. ließ sich nicht öffnen

    open into/on to something — zu etwas führen

    2) (become open to customers) öffnen; aufmachen (ugs.); (start trading etc.) eröffnet werden
    3) (make a start) beginnen; [Ausstellung:] eröffnet werden
    Phrasal Verbs:
    •• Cultural note:
    Eine britische Fernuniversität, die 1969 gegründet wurde und vor allem Berufstätigen im Fernstudium Kurse auf verschiedenem Niveau bietet, insbesondere wissenschaftliche und berufliche Fortbildungsprogramme. Studenten jeder Altersgruppe, selbst solche ohne die erforderlichen Schulabschlüsse, können das Studium nach vier oder fünf Jahren mit dem Bachelor's degree und dem Master's degree abschließen. Teilnehmer studieren von zu Hause - teilweise mittels audiovisueller Medien - schicken ihre Arbeit ein und erhalten eine Rückantwort von ihrem tutor (Dozent). Studenten können auch am Direktunterricht mit wöchentlichen Seminaren in Studienzentren und an Sommerschulen teilnehmen. Nach dem erfolgreichen Vorbild der Open University gibt es inzwischen auch in anderen Teilen der Welt ähnliche Fortbildungsprogramme
    * * *
    (not concealed) adj.
    offen adj. (not hidden) adj.
    nicht geheim adj. adj.
    offen (Mathematik) adj.
    offen adj.
    übersichtlich (Gelände) adj. (close) the meeting expr.
    Sitzung eröffnen (schließen) ausdr. (up) v.
    erschließen (Markt) ausdr. v.
    anfangen v.
    eröffnen v.
    öffnen v.

    English-german dictionary > open

  • 5 dominar

    v.
    1 to control (controlar) (pasión, nervios, caballo).
    era imposible dominar el vehículo it was impossible to maintain control of the vehicle
    2 to overcome.
    lo dominaba el deseo irrefrenable de besarla he was overcome by an irresistible desire to kiss her
    3 to master (conocer) (técnica, tema).
    domina varias lenguas she speaks various languages fluently
    ha conseguido dominar el inglés en pocos meses he managed to acquire a good command of English within a few months
    4 to overlook.
    desde aquí se domina todo Bilbao you can see the whole of Bilbao from here
    5 to predominate.
    6 to dominate, to domineer, to bestride, to have sway over.
    El tirano domina al pueblo The tyrant dominates the people.
    Ella domina su ira She dominates her anger.
    7 to tower above, to dominate.
    El cerro domina el horizonte The hill dominates the horizon.
    8 to have the control, to dominate, to have ascendancy, to have the ascendancy.
    Ella domina She has the control.
    9 to calm down forcibly, to calm down.
    10 to take over.
    * * *
    1 (tener bajo dominio) to dominate
    2 (avasallar) to domineer
    3 (controlar) to control, restrain
    4 (conocer a fondo) to master
    5 (ver) to overlook, dominate
    1 (ser superior) to dominate
    2 (destacar) to stand out
    3 (predominar) to predominate
    1 (controlarse) to control oneself, restrain oneself
    * * *
    verb
    * * *
    1. VT
    1) (=controlar) [+ población, territorio] to dominate; [+ países] to rule, rule over; [+ adversario] to overpower; [+ caballo] to control
    2) (=contener) [+ incendio, epidemia] to check, bring under control; [+ rebelión] to put down, suppress; [+ pasión] to control, master; [+ nervios, emoción] to control; [+ dolor] to overcome
    3) [+ técnica, tema] to master
    4) (=estar por encima de)
    2. VI
    1) [edificio] to tower
    2) (=predominar) [color, rasgo] to stand out; [opinión, tendencia] to predominate
    3.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    a) ( controlar) <nación/territorio/persona> to dominate; <pasión/cólera> to control; <vehiculo/caballo> to control

    dominado por la ambición/los celos — ruled by ambition/consumed by jealousy

    b) < idioma> to have a good command of; <tema/asignatura> to know... very well
    d) montaña/torre to dominate
    2.
    dominar vi color/tendencia to predominate; opinión to prevail; equipo to dominate
    3.
    dominarse v pron persona to restrain o control oneself
    * * *
    = dominate, dominate + the scene, get + command of, tame, subdue, master, command, conquer, preponderate, overtake, overlook, gain + control (over/of), get + a grip on, tower above/over, pervade, hold + sway (over), be king, lord over, lord it over, keep + a tight hold on.
    Ex. The ideology advocated by Panizzi has since dominated not only Anglo-American but Western cataloging generally.
    Ex. This may have something to do with the absence of CABx, who seem to have dominated the scene in other states.
    Ex. The great storyteller, FC Sayers, having advised the beginner to 'steep himself in folklore until the elemental themes are part of himself,' explains how best to get command of a tale.
    Ex. The problem reside in the fact that they environment we seek to tame and control is an open, unstructured dynamic process, while human organizations are static and highly resistant to change.
    Ex. Anyway, experience had taught him that a subordinate who attempts to subdue a superordinate is almost always lost; the superordinate has too many advantages in such a contest.
    Ex. The library director strove to master his frustration.
    Ex. Very few engravers commanded the necessary artistry.
    Ex. The tools and technologies provided by the Internet enable scholars to communicate or disseminate information in ways which conquer the barriers of time and space.
    Ex. The indexing languages used in science and technology were first in the field, and still preponderate, both in areas covered and in number.
    Ex. E-Books, while a curiosity and a lot of fun, do not seem to be overtaking the mass market.
    Ex. In this sense the British Council libraries may be seen as a window, overlooking the British Isles, their virtues and characteristics.
    Ex. Gradually many of these conquerors came to realize that, although military might was necessary to gain control over an area, sheer force of arms was not sufficient to govern effectively.
    Ex. The article ' Getting a grip on change' argues that only by confronting the challenges and inevitability of change can libraries retain their relevancy in the information age.
    Ex. Prague represents a unique collection of historical monuments dominated by Prague Castle towering high above the city.
    Ex. I strongly believe that we must cultivate a more positive attitude towards change in the field of library work, and that this attitude must pervade all levels of librarianship.
    Ex. This ideology appealed widely to the librarian as well as the library user and held sway for nearly a quarter of a millennium when, in 1841, a catalytic event in the history of cataloging took place.
    Ex. Despite the electronics invasion, books are still king, and book fairs keeps on growing every year.
    Ex. She argues that the way yeoman farmers lorded over their wives and dependents was similar to the way wealthy planters lorded over their slaves.
    Ex. They believe that the main use for government is for some people to lord it over others at their expense.
    Ex. A study of telly-addicts has found that in 45 per cent of homes mums keep a tight hold on the remote control.
    ----
    * dominar a Alguien = have + Nombre + under + Posesivo + thumb, bring + Nombre + under + Posesivo + sway.
    * dominar aún más = tighten + Posesivo + grip on.
    * dominar el miedo = conquer + fear.
    * dominar la situación = tame + the beast.
    * dominar por completo = sweep + the board.
    * dominar una destreza = master + skill.
    * dominar una técnica = master + technique.
    * la mano que mece la cuna es la mano que domina el mundo = the hand that rocks the cradle rules the world.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    a) ( controlar) <nación/territorio/persona> to dominate; <pasión/cólera> to control; <vehiculo/caballo> to control

    dominado por la ambición/los celos — ruled by ambition/consumed by jealousy

    b) < idioma> to have a good command of; <tema/asignatura> to know... very well
    d) montaña/torre to dominate
    2.
    dominar vi color/tendencia to predominate; opinión to prevail; equipo to dominate
    3.
    dominarse v pron persona to restrain o control oneself
    * * *
    = dominate, dominate + the scene, get + command of, tame, subdue, master, command, conquer, preponderate, overtake, overlook, gain + control (over/of), get + a grip on, tower above/over, pervade, hold + sway (over), be king, lord over, lord it over, keep + a tight hold on.

    Ex: The ideology advocated by Panizzi has since dominated not only Anglo-American but Western cataloging generally.

    Ex: This may have something to do with the absence of CABx, who seem to have dominated the scene in other states.
    Ex: The great storyteller, FC Sayers, having advised the beginner to 'steep himself in folklore until the elemental themes are part of himself,' explains how best to get command of a tale.
    Ex: The problem reside in the fact that they environment we seek to tame and control is an open, unstructured dynamic process, while human organizations are static and highly resistant to change.
    Ex: Anyway, experience had taught him that a subordinate who attempts to subdue a superordinate is almost always lost; the superordinate has too many advantages in such a contest.
    Ex: The library director strove to master his frustration.
    Ex: Very few engravers commanded the necessary artistry.
    Ex: The tools and technologies provided by the Internet enable scholars to communicate or disseminate information in ways which conquer the barriers of time and space.
    Ex: The indexing languages used in science and technology were first in the field, and still preponderate, both in areas covered and in number.
    Ex: E-Books, while a curiosity and a lot of fun, do not seem to be overtaking the mass market.
    Ex: In this sense the British Council libraries may be seen as a window, overlooking the British Isles, their virtues and characteristics.
    Ex: Gradually many of these conquerors came to realize that, although military might was necessary to gain control over an area, sheer force of arms was not sufficient to govern effectively.
    Ex: The article ' Getting a grip on change' argues that only by confronting the challenges and inevitability of change can libraries retain their relevancy in the information age.
    Ex: Prague represents a unique collection of historical monuments dominated by Prague Castle towering high above the city.
    Ex: I strongly believe that we must cultivate a more positive attitude towards change in the field of library work, and that this attitude must pervade all levels of librarianship.
    Ex: This ideology appealed widely to the librarian as well as the library user and held sway for nearly a quarter of a millennium when, in 1841, a catalytic event in the history of cataloging took place.
    Ex: Despite the electronics invasion, books are still king, and book fairs keeps on growing every year.
    Ex: She argues that the way yeoman farmers lorded over their wives and dependents was similar to the way wealthy planters lorded over their slaves.
    Ex: They believe that the main use for government is for some people to lord it over others at their expense.
    Ex: A study of telly-addicts has found that in 45 per cent of homes mums keep a tight hold on the remote control.
    * dominar a Alguien = have + Nombre + under + Posesivo + thumb, bring + Nombre + under + Posesivo + sway.
    * dominar aún más = tighten + Posesivo + grip on.
    * dominar el miedo = conquer + fear.
    * dominar la situación = tame + the beast.
    * dominar por completo = sweep + the board.
    * dominar una destreza = master + skill.
    * dominar una técnica = master + technique.
    * la mano que mece la cuna es la mano que domina el mundo = the hand that rocks the cradle rules the world.

    * * *
    dominar [A1 ]
    vt
    1 (controlar) ‹nación/territorio› to dominate; ‹persona› to dominate; ‹pasión/cólera› to control
    tiene a los niños totalmente dominados she has the children well under her thumb o under control
    dominado por la ambición ruled by ambition
    dominado por los celos consumed by jealousy
    no logró dominar su ira she couldn't contain o control her anger
    el equipo que dominó el encuentro the team which dominated the match
    no logró dominar el vehículo/caballo he couldn't get control of the vehicle/horse
    la policía dominó la situación en todo momento the police had the situation under control at all times
    2 ‹tema/idioma›
    no domino el tema I'm no expert on the subject
    domina el francés she has a good command of French
    nunca voy a poder dominar el inglés I'll never be able to master English
    3
    (abarcar con la vista): desde allí se domina toda la bahía there's a view over the whole bay from there, from there you can look out over the whole bay
    4 «montaña/torre» to dominate
    ■ dominar
    vi
    «color/tendencia» to predominate; «opinión» to prevail
    el tema que dominó en las negociones the subject which dominated the talks
    el equipo visitante dominó durante el segundo tiempo the visitors dominated the second half o were on top in the second half
    «persona» to restrain o control oneself
    * * *

     

    dominar ( conjugate dominar) verbo transitivo
    a) ( controlar) ‹nación/territorio/persona to dominate;

    pasión/cólera to control;
    vehículo/caballo to control;
    dominado por la ambición/los celos ruled by ambition/consumed by jealousy


    tema/asignaturato know … very well


    verbo intransitivo [color/tendencia] to predominate;
    [ opinión] to prevail;
    [ equipo] to dominate
    dominarse verbo pronominal [ persona] to restrain o control oneself
    dominar
    I verbo transitivo
    1 (un pueblo, país) to dominate, rule
    2 (contener, controlar) to control
    3 (conocer perfectamente: un idioma) to speak very well
    (: un asunto, una actividad) to master
    4 (con la vista) to overlook
    II verbo intransitivo
    1 to dominate
    2 (un color, una característica) to stand out
    ' dominar' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    abarcar
    - imperar
    - imponerse
    - vencer
    - conocer
    - dejar
    - reducir
    - someter
    - sujetar
    English:
    control
    - curb
    - dominate
    - hold down
    - master
    - overpower
    - pervade
    - restrain
    - subdue
    - sway
    - tower
    - over
    - rule
    * * *
    vt
    1. [controlar] [país, territorio, pueblo] to dominate, to rule (over);
    [persona, caballo] to control; [emociones, nervios] to control, to keep under control; [situación] to be in control of; [incendio, epidemia] to bring under control; [rebelión] to put down; [partido] to dominate;
    la guerrilla domina toda esta zona guerrillas control this entire area;
    la policía logró dominar a los alborotadores the police managed to bring the troublemakers under control;
    tiene al marido dominado she has her husband under her thumb;
    era imposible dominar el vehículo it was impossible to maintain control of the vehicle;
    no supo dominar sus nervios she couldn't control her nervousness;
    el equipo local dominó el partido en todo momento the local team dominated the game from the beginning
    2. [sujeto: pasión, nervios, emociones] to overcome;
    lo dominaba el deseo irrefrenable de besarla he was overcome by an irresistible desire to kiss her
    3. [ser experto en] [técnica, tema] to master;
    [lengua] to be fluent in;
    domina a la perfección los temas de contabilidad he has a perfect mastery of accounting;
    domina varias lenguas she speaks various languages fluently;
    ha conseguido dominar el inglés en pocos meses he managed to acquire a good command of English in a few months;
    ¡cómo domina el balón! what great ball control!
    4. [divisar] to overlook;
    desde aquí se domina todo Bilbao you can see the whole of Bilbao from here
    5. [destacar por encima de] to dominate;
    el castillo domina el pueblo the castle dominates the town
    vi
    [predominar] to predominate;
    una zona donde domina el voto socialista an area with a predominantly socialist vote
    * * *
    I v/t
    1 persona, mercado dominate
    2 idioma have a good command of
    II v/i dominate
    * * *
    1) : to dominate
    2) : to master, to be proficient at
    : to predominate, to prevail
    * * *
    1. (en general) to dominate
    2. (tener bajo poder) to rule over
    3. (controlar) to control
    4. (contener) to bring under control [pt. & pp. brought]
    5. (idioma) to be fluent in
    6. (otras materias) to be good at / to be an expert on

    Spanish-English dictionary > dominar

  • 6 czu|ć

    impf vt 1. (doznawać wrażeń zmysłowych) to feel; (węchem) to smell
    - czuć głód/pragnienie to feel hungry/thirsty
    - czuć ból to feel pain
    - czuć zapach czegoś to smell sth
    - czuł gorycz w ustach he felt a bitter taste in his mouth
    - czuła, jak jej serce bije she felt her heart beating
    - był cały mokry, ale nie czuł zimna he was wet through but he didn’t feel the cold
    - czuję, że ktoś wbija mi łokieć w plecy I can feel somebody’s elbow poking in my back
    - czuła pieczenie powiek her eyes were smarting
    - czujesz, jak pachnie jaśmin? can you smell jasmine?
    - czuję od ciebie alkohol you smell of alcohol, I can smell alcohol on your breath ⇒ poczuć
    2. (doznawać uczuć) to feel
    - czuć miłość/nienawiść do kogoś to feel love/hatred towards a. for sb
    - czuła, jak wzrasta w niej gniew she could feel herself swelling with anger
    - czuł, że się czerwieni he felt himself blushing
    - ilekroć przejeżdżam przez tę okolicę czuję wzruszenie whenever I pass a. I’m passing through this area, I feel a pang of nostalgia
    - nie umiem powiedzieć co tak naprawdę do niego czuję I can’t really define what I feel for him
    - czuć do kogoś żal to bear a grudge against sb
    - czuć wyrzuty sumienia to have a guilty conscience ⇒ poczuć
    3. (uświadamiać sobie) to feel
    - czuł, że słabo mu idzie he felt he was doing badly
    - czuła, że nie powinna zadawać mu tego pytania she felt she shouldn’t ask him that question
    - czuł jej oddech na swoich plecach he felt her breath on his back
    - czułem, że coś jest nie tak z tym tekstem I had the feeling that something was wrong with the text ⇒ poczuć
    4. (przeczuwać) to feel, to sense
    - czuła nadchodzącą wiosnę she felt spring coming
    - czuję, że nie wyjdzie nam ta rozmowa I can feel that this conversation isn’t going to work out
    - nie widziałem go, czułem tylko jego obecność I didn’t see him, I just felt he was there a. just sensed his presence
    - pies czuje zbliżanie się pana a dog can sense its master approaching ⇒ poczuć
    5. pot. (rozumieć) to have a feel(ing) (coś for sth)
    - jest świetnym reżyserem i, co ważne, czuje aktorów he’s a fine director and, what’s more, he has a feel for actors
    - nie może być dobrym rzeźbiarzem, nie czuje formy he can’t be a good sculptor, he has no feel for form
    - jej ruchy są sugestywne, czuje taniec her moves are really expressive, she seems to have a feel for dancing
    praed. 1. (śmierdzieć) to smell (czymś of sth)
    - kogoś/coś czuć czymś sb/sth smells of sth
    - czuć ich było wódką/czosnkiem/potem they smelt of vodka/garlic/sweat
    - w kuchni czuć kapustą/gazem there’s a smell of cabbage/gas in the kitchen
    - w pokoju czuć wilgoć a. wilgocią there’s a smell of damp(ness) in the room
    - tę rybę/to mięso już czuć that fish/meat is beginning to smell
    2. przen. (przejawiać cechy) to smell (czymś of sth)
    - czuć go jeszcze wojskiem he still smells of the army
    - czuć od niego szpiclem na kilometr you can tell he’s a spy
    czuć się 1. (być w określonym stanie) to feel
    - jak się pan czuje? how are you feeling?
    - czuję się dobrze I’m (feeling) fine
    - czuł się nieswojo he felt ill at ease
    - nie czuję się bezpiecznie na ulicy I don’t feel safe in the street
    - czułem się tak, jakby mnie ktoś pobił I felt as if somebody had beaten me up
    - czuł się zażenowany he felt embarrassed
    - czuję się winnym a. winny kłótni I feel as if the argument was my fault
    2. (mieć świadomość) to feel, to consider
    - czuł się dziennikarzem z powołania he felt he was a journalist with a vocation
    - czuła się Polką/artystką she considered herself (to be) a Pole/an artist
    czuć coś do kogoś to feel something for sb
    - już nic do ciebie nie czuję I don’t feel anything for you any more
    - nie czuć rąk/nóg not to be able to feel one’s arms/legs (through tiredness)
    - czuj duch attention!

    The New English-Polish, Polish-English Kościuszko foundation dictionary > czu|ć

  • 7 señor

    adj.
    mister, Mr., Mr.
    m.
    1 gentleman, lord, gent.
    2 sir, mister.
    3 Lord.
    4 master.
    * * *
    1 (noble) distinguished, noble
    2 familiar fine
    nombre masculino,nombre femenino
    1 (hombre) man, gentleman; (mujer) woman, lady
    2 (amo - hombre) master; (- mujer) mistress
    4 (tratamiento - hombre) sir; (- mujer) madam, US ma'am
    buenos días, señora good morning, madam
    el Sr. Rodríguez Mr Rodríguez
    1 RELIGIÓN the Lord
    1 good Lord!
    \
    ser todo un señor / ser toda una señora to be a real gentleman / be a real lady
    ¡señoras y señores! ladies and gentlemen!
    el señor de la casa / la señora de la casa the gentleman of the house / the lady of the house
    Nuestro Señor / Nuestra Señora Our Lord / Our Lady
    señor feudal feudal lord
    * * *
    noun m.
    2) sir
    3) owner, master
    5) lord
    * * *
    señor, -a
    1. ADJ
    1) * [antes de sustantivo] [uso enfático] great big *
    2) (=libre) free, at liberty

    eres muy señor de hacerlo si quieresyou're quite free o at liberty to do so if you want

    2. SM / F
    1) (=persona madura) man o más frm gentleman/lady

    ha venido un señor preguntando por tithere was a man o más frm a gentleman here asking for you

    2) (=dueño) [de tierras] owner; [de criado, esclavo] master/mistress

    ¿está la señora? — is the lady of the house in?

    3) [fórmula de tratamiento]
    a) [con apellido] Mr/Mrs

    los señores Centeno y Sánchez tuvieron que irse antesfrm Messrs Centeno and Sánchez had to leave early frm

    b) * [con nombre de pila]

    buenos días, señor Mariano — [a Mariano Ruiz] good morning, Mr Ruiz

    la señora María es de mi pueblo[hablando de María Ruiz] Mrs Ruiz is from my village

    c) [hablando directamente] sir/madam

    no se preocupe señor — don't worry, sir

    ¿qué desea la señora? — [en tienda] can I help you, madam?; [en restaurante] what would you like, madam?

    ¡oiga, señora! — excuse me, madam!

    ¡señoras y señores! — ladies and gentlemen!

    d) [con nombre de cargo o parentesco]

    sí, señor juez — yes, my Lord

    e) frm [en correspondencia]

    señor director[en carta a periódico] Dear Sir

    4) [uso enfático]

    pues sí señor, así es como pasó — yes indeed, that's how it happened

    ¡no señor, ahora no te vas! — oh no, you're not going anywhere yet!

    señora
    5) [en letrero]
    3. SM
    1) ( Hist) lord
    2) (Rel)
    * * *
    I
    - ñora adjetivo (delante del n) (fam) ( uso enfático)
    II
    1)
    a) ( persona adulta) (m) man, gentleman; (f) lady

    te busca un señorthere's a man o gentleman looking for you

    señoras — ladies, women

    b) ( persona distinguida) (m) gentleman; (f) lady
    2) (dueño, amo)

    el señor/la señora de la casa — the gentleman/the lady of the house (frml)

    el señor de estas tierras — (Hist) the lord of these lands

    3) (Relig)
    a) Señor masculino Lord

    Dios, nuestro Señor — the Lord God

    b) Señora femenino
    4) señora femenino ( esposa) wife
    a) ( con apellidos) (m) Mr; (f) Mrs
    b) (uso popular, con nombres de pila)

    la señora Cristina/el señor Miguel — ≈ Mrs Fuentes/Mr López

    Señor Director — (Corresp) Dear Sir, Sir (frml)

    perdón, señor/señora ¿tiene hora? — excuse me, could you tell me the time?

    ¿se lleva ésa, señora? — will you take that one, Madam? (frml)

    muy señor mío/señores míos — (Corresp) Dear Sir/Sirs

    Teresa Chaves - ¿señora o señorita? — Teresa Chaves - Miss, Mrs or Ms?

    los señores han salidoMr and Mrs Paz (o López etc) are not at home

    ¿y lo pagó él?-sí señor — you mean he paid for it-he did indeed

    no señor, no fue así — no that is certainly not what happened

    no señor, no pienso ir — there's no way I'm going

    •• Cultural note:
    Señor/Señora/Señorita
    Titles used before someone's name when speaking to or about them. They are generally followed by the person's surname, or first name and surname. They can also be followed by the person's professional title, without the name: señor arquitecto, señora doctora, señorita maestra. They can be used on their own to attract attention. In letters they can be followed by the appropriate forms of don/doña: Sr. Dn Juan Montesinos, Sra Dña. Ana Castellón. The full forms are written in lower case when used in the middle of a sentence; the abbreviated forms are always capitalized - for señor, Sr., for señora, Sra., and for señorita, Srta. Señor is used for men. Señores, can mean "sirs", "gentlemen", and "ladies and gentlemen", and when used of a married couple means "Mr and Mrs": los señores Montesino. Señora is used for married women and widows, and women of unknown marital status. Señorita is used for single women, young women of unknown marital status, and female teachers
    * * *
    = master, Mr (Mister), gentleman [gentlemen, -pl.].
    Ex. But I said at once: 'Look here, master, I'll thank you to leave me alone after this, do you hear?'.
    Ex. My second point may be a slightly tangential, but I hope it is a concrete reaction to the general tenor of Mr. Lubetzky's remarks and the general subject posed.
    Ex. These were gentlemen whose forebears had upset Elizabeth I by encouraging the people to think a little too much for themselves and who proved very difficult to control.
    ----
    * en el año del Señor = in the year of our Lord.
    * nada es gratis en la viña del Señor = there is no such thing as a free lunch, there is no such thing as a free ride.
    * señor feudal = suzerain.
    * * *
    I
    - ñora adjetivo (delante del n) (fam) ( uso enfático)
    II
    1)
    a) ( persona adulta) (m) man, gentleman; (f) lady

    te busca un señorthere's a man o gentleman looking for you

    señoras — ladies, women

    b) ( persona distinguida) (m) gentleman; (f) lady
    2) (dueño, amo)

    el señor/la señora de la casa — the gentleman/the lady of the house (frml)

    el señor de estas tierras — (Hist) the lord of these lands

    3) (Relig)
    a) Señor masculino Lord

    Dios, nuestro Señor — the Lord God

    b) Señora femenino
    4) señora femenino ( esposa) wife
    a) ( con apellidos) (m) Mr; (f) Mrs
    b) (uso popular, con nombres de pila)

    la señora Cristina/el señor Miguel — ≈ Mrs Fuentes/Mr López

    Señor Director — (Corresp) Dear Sir, Sir (frml)

    perdón, señor/señora ¿tiene hora? — excuse me, could you tell me the time?

    ¿se lleva ésa, señora? — will you take that one, Madam? (frml)

    muy señor mío/señores míos — (Corresp) Dear Sir/Sirs

    Teresa Chaves - ¿señora o señorita? — Teresa Chaves - Miss, Mrs or Ms?

    los señores han salidoMr and Mrs Paz (o López etc) are not at home

    ¿y lo pagó él?-sí señor — you mean he paid for it-he did indeed

    no señor, no fue así — no that is certainly not what happened

    no señor, no pienso ir — there's no way I'm going

    •• Cultural note:
    Señor/Señora/Señorita
    Titles used before someone's name when speaking to or about them. They are generally followed by the person's surname, or first name and surname. They can also be followed by the person's professional title, without the name: señor arquitecto, señora doctora, señorita maestra. They can be used on their own to attract attention. In letters they can be followed by the appropriate forms of don/doña: Sr. Dn Juan Montesinos, Sra Dña. Ana Castellón. The full forms are written in lower case when used in the middle of a sentence; the abbreviated forms are always capitalized - for señor, Sr., for señora, Sra., and for señorita, Srta. Señor is used for men. Señores, can mean "sirs", "gentlemen", and "ladies and gentlemen", and when used of a married couple means "Mr and Mrs": los señores Montesino. Señora is used for married women and widows, and women of unknown marital status. Señorita is used for single women, young women of unknown marital status, and female teachers
    * * *
    = master, Mr (Mister), gentleman [gentlemen, -pl.].

    Ex: But I said at once: 'Look here, master, I'll thank you to leave me alone after this, do you hear?'.

    Ex: My second point may be a slightly tangential, but I hope it is a concrete reaction to the general tenor of Mr. Lubetzky's remarks and the general subject posed.
    Ex: These were gentlemen whose forebears had upset Elizabeth I by encouraging the people to think a little too much for themselves and who proved very difficult to control.
    * en el año del Señor = in the year of our Lord.
    * nada es gratis en la viña del Señor = there is no such thing as a free lunch, there is no such thing as a free ride.
    * señor feudal = suzerain.

    * * *
    (uso enfático): ha conseguido un señor puesto she's got herself a really good job
    fue una señora fiesta it was some party o quite a party! ( colloq)
    2
    (libre): eres muy señor de hacer lo que quieras you're completely free to do as you like
    señor2 - ñora Señor/Señora/Señorita (↑ señora a1)
    A
    1 (persona adulta) ( masculine) man, gentleman; ( feminine) lady
    te busca un señor there's a man o gentleman looking for you
    la señora del último piso the lady who lives on the top floor
    peluquería de señoras ladies' hairdresser's
    la señora de la limpieza the cleaning lady
    [ S ] señoras ladies, women
    tiene 20 años pero se viste muy de señora she's only 20 but she dresses a lot older
    2 (persona distinguida) ( masculine) gentleman; ( feminine) lady
    es todo un señor he's a real gentleman
    tiene ínfulas de gran señora she gives herself airs and graces, she fancies herself as some sort of lady ( BrE)
    Compuesto:
    feminine companion
    B
    (dueño, amo): el señor/la señora de la casa the gentleman/the lady of the house ( frml)
    los vasallos debían fidelidad a sus señores ( Hist) the vassals owed allegiance to their lords
    a la señora le pareció mal ( iró); Madam o her ladyship didn't like the idea ( iro)
    Compuesto:
    masculine feudal lord
    C ( Relig)
    1
    recibir al Señor to receive the body of Christ
    Dios, nuestro Señor the Lord God
    Nuestro Señor Jesucristo our Lord Jesus Christ
    nuestro hermano que ahora descansa or duerme en el Señor our brother who is now at peace
    2
    D
    1
    saludos a tu señora give my regards to your wife
    la señora de Jaime está muy enferma Jaime's wife is very ill
    2
    buenas tardes, Señor López good afternoon, Mr López
    Señora de Luengo, ¿quiere pasar? would you go in please, Mrs/Ms Luengo?
    ¿avisaste a la señora (de) Fuentes? did you tell Mrs/Ms Fuentes?
    los señores de Paz Mr and Mrs Paz
    ya tenemos en nuestras manos los documentos enviados por los señores Gómez y López ( frml); we have now received the documents from Messrs. Gómez and López ( frml)
    2
    (uso popular, con nombres de pila): ¿cómo está, Señora Cristina? ≈ how are you Mrs Fuentes?, ≈ how are you, Mrs F? ( colloq)
    la señora Cristina/el señor Miguel no está ≈ Mrs Fuentes/Mr López is not at home
    3 ( frml)
    (con otros sustantivos): el señor alcalde no podrá asistir the mayor will not be able to attend
    salude a su señor padre/señora madre de mi parte ( ant); please convey my respects to your father/mother ( dated)
    Señor Director ( Corresp) Dear Sir, Sir ( frml)
    4 ( frml)
    (sin mencionar el nombre): perdón, señor/señora, ¿tiene hora? excuse me, could you tell me the time?
    pase señor/señora come in, please
    señoras y señores ladies and gentlemen
    ¿se lleva ésa, señora? will you take that one, Madam? ( frml)
    muy señor mío/señores míos ( Corresp) Dear Sir/Sirs
    Teresa Chaves — ¿señora o señorita? Teresa Chaves — Miss, Mrs or Ms?
    los señores han salido Mr and Mrs Paz are not at home
    ¿el señor/la señora va a cenar en casa? will you be dining in this evening, sir/madam? ( frml)
    5
    (uso enfático): ¿y lo pagó él? — pues sí, señor you mean he paid for it? — he did indeed o ( colloq) he sure did
    no, señor/señora, no fue así oh, no! that's not what happened
    no, señor, no pienso prestárselo there's no way I'm going to lend it to him
    * * *

     

    Multiple Entries:
    Señor    
    señor
    señor
    ◊ - ñora sustantivo masculino, femenino

    1

    (f) lady;


    (f) lady;

    2 (dueño, amo):
    el señor/la señora de la casa the gentleman/the lady of the house (frml)

    3 (Relig)
    a)

    Señor sustantivo masculino

    Lord
    b)

    Señora sustantivo femenino: Nuestra Sseñora de Montserrat Our Lady of Montserrat

    4
    señora sustantivo femenino ( esposa) wife

    5 ( tratamiento de cortesía)
    a) ( con apellidos) (m) Mr;

    (f) Mrs;

    b) (frml) ( con otros sustantivos):


    Sseñor Director (Corresp) Dear Sir, Sir (frml)

    perdón, señor ¿tiene hora? excuse me, could you tell me the time?;

    muy señor mío/señores míos (Corresp) Dear Sir/Sirs;
    Teresa Chaves — ¿señora o señorita? Teresa Chaves — Miss, Mrs or Ms?;
    los señores han salido Mr and Mrs Paz (o López etc) are not at home
    señor sustantivo masculino
    1 (hombre) man, gentleman
    2 sir (en inglés británico indica una posición social inferior) señor, se le ha caído la cartera, excuse me, you have dropped your wallet 3 señoras y señores, ladies and gentlemen
    4 (tratamiento) Mr: ha llegado el Sr. Gómez, Mr Gómez is here
    el señor presidente está reunido, the President is in a meeting
    5 (en correspondencia) estimado señor, Dear Sir
    6 Hist lord
    7 Rel El Señor, the Lord
    8 (persona respetable) es todo un señor y no hace caso de habladurías, he doesn't pay the slightest bit of attention to idle chatter, he's a real gentleman
    9 familiar (grande, importante) el joven principiante se ha convertido en un señor actor, the inexperienced young actor has become a star
    Recuerda que no se usa Mr o Mrs solo con el nombre de pila, excepto cuando un "criado" está hablando con su "señor". En todo caso debes decir Mr Miguel más el apellido o Mr más el apellido. La misma regla se aplica también a Mrs y Ms.
    ' señor' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    abierta
    - abierto
    - ama
    - amo
    - audiencia
    - caballero
    - de
    - don
    - estimada
    - estimado
    - Excemo.
    - Excmo.
    - N. S.
    - señora
    - señorita
    - señorito
    - Sr.
    - el
    - encantado
    - mío
    - parte
    - rogar
    English:
    dear
    - esquire
    - follow-up
    - gent
    - lord
    - master
    - mister
    - Mr
    - Mrs
    - Ms
    - outstanding
    - sir
    - worship
    - Epiphany
    - gentleman
    - squire
    * * *
    señor, -ora
    adj
    1. [refinado] noble, refined
    2. Fam [antes de sustantivo] [gran] real;
    [excelente] wonderful, splendid;
    tienen una señora casa/un señor problema that's some house/problem they've got
    nm
    1. [tratamiento] [antes de apellido, nombre, cargo] Mr;
    el señor López Mr López;
    los señores Ruiz Mr and Mrs Ruiz;
    ¿están los señores (Ruiz) en casa? are Mr and Mrs Ruiz in?;
    dile al señor Miguel que gracias say thanks to Miguel from me;
    ¡señor presidente! Mr President!;
    el señor director les atenderá enseguida the manager will see you shortly
    2. [tratamiento] [al dirigir la palabra] Sir;
    pase usted, señor do come in, do come in, Sir;
    ¡oiga señor, se le ha caído esto! excuse me! you dropped this;
    señores, debo comunicarles algo gentlemen, there's something I have to tell you;
    ¿qué desea el señor? what would you like, Sir?;
    sí, señor yes, Sir;
    Muy señor mío, Estimado señor [en cartas] Dear Sir;
    Muy señores míos [en cartas] Dear Sirs
    3. [hombre] man;
    llamó un señor preguntando por ti there was a call for you from a man;
    el señor de la carnicería the man from the butcher's;
    en el club sólo dejaban entrar a (los) señores they only let men into the club;
    un señor mayor an elderly gentleman;
    señores [en letrero] men, gents
    4. [caballero] gentleman;
    es todo un señor he's a real gentleman;
    vas hecho un señor con ese traje you look like a real gentleman in that suit
    5. [dueño] owner;
    Formal
    ¿es usted el señor de la casa? are you the head of the household?
    6. Formal [de criado, esclavo] master
    7. [noble, aristócrata] lord
    Hist señor feudal feudal lord;
    8. [en religión]
    el Señor the Lord;
    Nuestro Señor Our Lord;
    ¡Señor, ten piedad! Lord, have mercy upon us!
    9. [indica énfasis]
    sí señor, eso fue lo que ocurrió yes indeed, that's exactly what happened;
    ¡sí señor, así se habla! excellent, that's what I like to hear!;
    no señor, estás muy equivocado oh no, you're completely wrong;
    a mí no me engañas, no señor you can't fool ME
    interj
    Good Lord!;
    ¡Señor, qué manera de llover! Good Lord, look how it's raining!
    * * *
    m Lord
    * * *
    1) : gentleman m, man m, lady f, woman f, wife f
    2) : Sir m, Madam f
    estimados señores: Dear Sirs
    3) : Mr. m, Mrs. f
    4) : lord m, lady f
    el Señor: the Lord
    * * *
    1. (hombre) man [pl. men]
    ¿quién es ese señor? who's that man?
    sí, señor yes, sir

    Spanish-English dictionary > señor

  • 8 Herr

    m; -n, -en
    1. (Mann) auch vornehmer etc.: gentleman; als Tanzpartner etc. einer Frau: partner; Herren Toilette: Gentlemen, Men; SPORT men; bei den Herren SPORT in the men’s event; Alte Herren SPORT veterans; Studentenverbindung: old members; mein alter Herr umg., hum. my old man; ein feiner oder sauberer Herr iro. a fine one; die Herren der Schöpfung umg., hum. the lords of creation; den ( großen oder feinen) Herrn spielen play lord of the manor, act the big shot umg.
    2. vor Namen: Mr, Am. Mr.; vor Titeln: meist nicht übersetzt; die Herren N. und M. Messrs N and M; Herr Doktor / Professor etc. doctor / professor etc.; Herr Präsident! Mr ( oder Mr.) Chairman; im Unterhaus: Mr ( oder Mr.) Speaker; zum Präsidenten der USA: Mr. President; der Herr Präsident the Chairman etc.; meine ( Damen und) Herren! (ladies and) gentlemen!; Sehr geehrter Herr N. in Briefen: Dear Sir; vertraulicher: Dear Mr ( oder Mr.) N; Ihr Herr Vater geh. your father; Herr Ober, ein Bier bitte! waiter, a beer, please; bitte schön, der Herr! beim Servieren: here you are, sir; umg., hum. oder iro. for you, kind sir; meine Herren! umg. als Ausruf: would you believe it; Gesang(s)verein
    3. (Gebieter) master (auch eines Hundes); bes. Adliger: lord; (Herrscher) ruler; mein Herr und Gebieter my lord and master; seinen Herrn und Meister finden in (+ Dat) meet one’s match in; aus aller Herren Länder from the four corners of the earth; sein eigener Herr sein be one’s own boss; Herr im eigenen Hause sein be master ( oder have the say) in one’s own house; zwei Herren dienen serve two masters; Herr der Lage sein have everything under control, be master of the situation; Herr über Leben und Tod sein have power over life and death; Herr werden (+ Gen) oder über (+ Akk) get s.th. under control; Problemen: get on top of; eines Gegners: get the upper hand over; seiner Gefühle Herr werden get a grip of oneself; nicht mehr Herr seiner selbst sein be unable to contain oneself; wie der Herr, so’s G(e) scherr Sprichw. like master, like man
    4. KIRCHL.: der Herr (Gott, Christus) Lord; Gott, der Herr the Lord God; der Herr Jesus the Lord Jesus; im Jahre des Herrn in the year of our Lord; Brüder und Schwestern im Herrn in the Lord; er ist ein großer Angeber etc. vor dem Herrn umg. he’s a mighty show-off etc. before the Lord; Herr des Himmels! umg. Lord above!, God in heaven!; sein2 I 2
    * * *
    (Anrede) Mr; Sir; Mister;
    der Herr
    (Gebieter) master; lord;
    (Gott) the Lord;
    (Mann) gentleman; gent
    * * *
    Hẹrr [hɛr]
    m -(e)n, -en
    1) (= Gebieter) lord, master; (= Herrscher) lord, ruler (
    über +acc of); (von Hund) master

    sein eigener Herr seinto be one's own master or boss

    Herr im eigenen Haus seinto be master in one's own house

    Herr der Lage or Situation sein/bleiben — to be/remain master of the situation, to have/keep the situation under control

    nicht mehr Herr seiner Sinne seinnot to be in control of oneself any more

    Herr über Leben und Tod seinto have the power of life and death (gen over)

    über jdn/etw Herr werden — to master sb/sth

    man kann nicht or niemand kann zwei Herren dienen (prov)no man can serve two masters (prov)

    wie der Herr, sos Gescherr! (Prov) — like master, like man! (prov)

    See:
    Land
    2) (= Gott, Christus) Lord

    Gott, der Herr — the Lord God

    Herr, du meine Güte! — good(ness) gracious (me)!

    er ist ein großer Schwindler/Esser etc vor dem Herrn (hum inf) — what a great fibber/eater etc he is

    3) (= feiner Herr, Mann) gentleman

    ein adliger Herr, ein Herr von Adel — a nobleman

    den (großen) Herrn spielen or markieren (inf) — to give oneself airs, to put on airs

    See:
    alt
    4) (vor Eigennamen) Mr; (vor Titeln) usu not translated (in Anrede ohne Namen) sir

    (mein) Herr! — sir!

    bitte, der Herr (beim Servieren)there you are, sir

    der Herr wünscht?what can I do for you, sir?

    Herr Nachbar (old) — excuse me, sir

    Herr Dr./Doktor/Professor Schmidt — Dr/Doctor/Professor Schmidt

    Herr Präsident/Vorsitzender — Mr President/Chairman

    der Herr Präsident/Vorsitzende — the President/Chairman

    an den Herrn Abgeordneten C. Schmidt — C. Schmidt, MP

    werte Herren, sehr geehrte Herren (in Brief)Dear Sirs (Brit), to whom it may concern (US)

    5) (allgemein gesehen = Tanzpartner, Begleiter) gentleman; (auf eine bestimmte Dame bezogen) partner; (bei Cocktailparty, Theaterbesuch etc) (gentleman) companion
    6) (SPORT)
    * * *
    der
    1) (a polite word for a man: Two gentlemen arrived this morning.) gentleman
    2) (God; Christ.) the Lord
    3) (a master; a man or animal that has power over others or over an area: The lion is lord of the jungle.) lord
    4) (an owner (of a slave, dog etc): The dog ran to its master.) master
    5) ((abbreviated to Mr when written) a polite title given to a male adult, either in writing or in speech: Good morning, Mr Smith; Ask Mr Jones.) Mister
    * * *
    Herr(in)
    <-n, -en>
    [hɛr]
    1. nur m (männliche Anrede: vor Eigennamen) Mr
    die \Herren Schmidt und Müller Messrs Schmidt and Müller
    der \Herr Botschafter/Professor the Ambassador/Professor
    \Herr Doktor/Kollege... Dr/Mr...
    tut mir Leid, der \Herr Doktor ist heute Nachmittag nicht in der Praxis I'm sorry, but the doctor is not in his office this afternoon
    \Herr Präsident/Vorsitzender Mr President/Chairman
    sehr geehrter \Herr... Dear Mr...
    sehr geehrte \Herren! Dear Sirs
    gnädiger \Herr (veraltend) sir
    der \Herr wünscht? what can I do for you, sir?
    der \Herr sir
    hat der \Herr schon gewählt? is sir ready to order?
    2. (iron: sarkastisch) sir iron
    wenn sich der \Herr für so etwas zu fein ist if this is beneath you, sir
    mein \Herr (geh) sir form
    bitte, mein \Herr, nach Ihnen after you, sir
    meine \Herren gentlemen
    [aber] meine \Herren! gentlemen, please!
    „\Herren“ “gentlemen”, “men”, “gents” BRIT
    jds \Herr Onkel/Vater/Sohn etc. sb's uncle/father/son etc.
    ach, das ist Ihr \Herr Onkel auf dem Foto? oh, that's your uncle in the picture?
    4. nur m (Tanzpartner, Begleiter) [gentleman] companion, partner
    5. nur m (geh: Mann) gentleman
    wir führen alles für den modebewussten \Herrn we stock everything for the well-dressed man
    ein geistlicher \Herr (geh) a clergyman
    6. (Herrscher) ruler, sovereign
    \Herr/ \Herrin über jdn/etw sein to be ruler of sb/sth; (Gebieter) master, mistress fem
    \Herr über [jds] Leben und Tod sein to have the power of life and death [over sb]
    der \Herr des Hauses the master of the house
    \Herr im eigenen Hause sein to be master in one's own house
    der gnädige \Herr (veraltet) the master [of the house]
    der junge \Herr (geh) the young master
    \Herr der Lage sein to be master of the situation, to have the situation under control
    nicht mehr \Herr seiner Sinne sein to no longer be in control of oneself
    sein eigener \Herr sein to be one's own master [or boss]
    nicht \Herr über jdn werden to not be able to control [or master] sb
    7. (Besitzer) master
    sind Sie der \Herr dieses Hundes? do you own this dog?, are you the owner of this dog?, does this dog belong to you?, is this your dog?
    8. REL (Gott) Lord
    der \Herr the Lord God
    der \Herr der Heerscharen the Lord of hosts
    9.
    jds alter \Herr (hum fam) sb's old man sl
    mein \Herr und Gebieter [o Meister] (hum) my lord and master hum
    wie der \Herr, so 's Gescherr! (prov) like master, like man! prov
    den großen \Herrn spielen [o markieren] (fam) to act like the lord of the manor
    \Herr des Himmels! (emph) good Lord!
    aus aller \Herren Länder[n] from all over the world, from the four corners of the earth
    mein \Herr! sir!
    die \Herren der Schöpfung (hum) their lordships hum
    man kann nicht [o niemand kann] zwei \Herren dienen (prov) no man can serve two masters prov
    * * *
    der; Herrn (selten: Herren), Herren
    1) (Mann) gentleman

    das Kugelstoßen der Herren(Sport) the men's shot-put

    mein Alter Herr(ugs. scherzh.): (Vater) my old man (coll.)

    Alter Herr(Studentenspr.) former member

    Herr Professor/Dr. Schulze — Professor/Dr Schulze

    Herr Minister/Direktor/Studienrat Schulze — Mr Schulze

    Herr Minister/Professor/Doktor — Minister/Professor/doctor

    Herr Vorsitzender/Präsident — Mr Chairman/President

    Sehr geehrter Herr Schulze!Dear Sir; (bei persönlicher Bekanntschaft) Dear Mr Schulze

    bitte sehr, der Herr! — there you are, sir

    Ihr Herr Vater/Sohn — your father/son

    3) (Gebieter) master

    mein Herr und Gebieter(scherzh.) my lord and master (joc.)

    die Herren der Schöpfung(ugs. scherzh.) their lordships (coll. joc.)

    Herr der Lage sein/bleiben — be/remain master of the situation

    aus aller Herren Länder[n] — (geh.) from the four corners of the earth; from all over the world

    4) (Besitzer) master (über + Akk. of)
    5) (christl. Rel.): (Gott) Lord
    * * *
    Herr m; -n, -en
    1. (Mann) auch vornehmer etc: gentleman; als Tanzpartner etc einer Frau: partner;
    Herren Toilette: Gentlemen, Men; SPORT men;
    bei den Herren SPORT in the men’s event;
    Alte Herren SPORT veterans; Studentenverbindung: old members;
    mein Alter Herr umg, hum my old man;
    sauberer Herr iron a fine one;
    die Herren der Schöpfung umg, hum the lords of creation;
    den (
    Herrn spielen play lord of the manor, act the big shot umg
    2. vor Namen: Mr, US Mr.; vor Titeln: meist nicht übersetzt;
    die Herren N. und M. Messrs N and M;
    Herr Doktor/Professor etc doctor/professor etc;
    Herr Präsident! Mr ( oder Mr.) Chairman; im Unterhaus: Mr ( oder Mr.) Speaker; zum Präsidenten der USA: Mr. President;
    der Herr Präsident the Chairman etc;
    meine (Damen und) Herren! (ladies and) gentlemen!;
    Sehr geehrter Herr N. in Briefen: Dear Sir; vertraulicher: Dear Mr ( oder Mr.) N;
    Ihr Herr Vater geh your father;
    Herr Ober, ein Bier bitte! waiter, a beer, please;
    bitte schön, der Herr! beim Servieren: here you are, sir; umg, hum oder iron for you, kind sir;
    meine Herren! umg als Ausruf: would you believe it; Gesang(s)verein
    3. (Gebieter) master (auch eines Hundes); besonders Adliger: lord; (Herrscher) ruler;
    mein Herr und Gebieter my lord and master;
    seinen Herrn und Meister finden in (+dat) meet one’s match in;
    aus aller Herren Länder from the four corners of the earth;
    sein eigener Herr sein be one’s own boss;
    Herr im eigenen Hause sein be master ( oder have the say) in one’s own house;
    zwei Herren dienen serve two masters;
    Herr der Lage sein have everything under control, be master of the situation;
    Herr über Leben und Tod sein have power over life and death;
    Herr werden (+gen) oder
    über (+akk) get sth under control; Problemen: get on top of; eines Gegners: get the upper hand over;
    seiner Gefühle Herr werden get a grip of oneself;
    nicht mehr Herr seiner selbst sein be unable to contain oneself;
    wie der Herr, so’s G(e)scherr sprichw like master, like man
    4. KIRCHE:
    der Herr (Gott, Christus) Lord;
    Gott, der Herr the Lord God;
    der Herr Jesus the Lord Jesus;
    im Jahre des Herrn in the year of our Lord;
    im Herrn in the Lord;
    vor dem Herrn umg he’s a mighty show-off etc before the Lord;
    Herr des Himmels! umg Lord above!, God in heaven!; sein2 A 2
    Hr. abk (Herr) Mr, Mr.
    * * *
    der; Herrn (selten: Herren), Herren
    1) (Mann) gentleman

    das Kugelstoßen der Herren (Sport) the men's shot-put

    mein Alter Herr(ugs. scherzh.): (Vater) my old man (coll.)

    Alter Herr(Studentenspr.) former member

    2) (Titel, Anrede)

    Herr Professor/Dr. Schulze — Professor/Dr Schulze

    Herr Minister/Direktor/Studienrat Schulze — Mr Schulze

    Herr Minister/Professor/Doktor — Minister/Professor/doctor

    Herr Vorsitzender/Präsident — Mr Chairman/President

    bitte sehr, der Herr! — there you are, sir

    Ihr Herr Vater/Sohn — your father/son

    3) (Gebieter) master

    mein Herr und Gebieter(scherzh.) my lord and master (joc.)

    die Herren der Schöpfung(ugs. scherzh.) their lordships (coll. joc.)

    Herr der Lage sein/bleiben — be/remain master of the situation

    aus aller Herren Länder[n] — (geh.) from the four corners of the earth; from all over the world

    4) (Besitzer) master (über + Akk. of)
    5) (christl. Rel.): (Gott) Lord
    * * *
    -en m.
    Mr n.
    gent n.
    gentleman n.
    (§ pl.: gentlemen)
    master n.
    mister n.
    sir n.

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > Herr

  • 9 nada

    adv.
    1 at all.
    la película no me ha gustado nada I didn't like the film at all
    no es nada extraño it's not at all strange
    la obra no es nada aburrida the play isn't the slightest bit boring
    2 a little, a bit (poco).
    no hace nada que salió he left just a minute ago
    3 not at all, not a single thing, nothing, not a bit.
    4 anything.
    intj.
    nothing at all.
    pron.
    1 nothing.
    no pasó nada nothing happened
    no he leído nada de Lorca I haven't read anything by Lorca
    nada me gustaría más que poder ayudarte there's nothing I'd like more than to be able to help you
    no hay nada como un buen libro there's nothing (quite) like a good book
    nada más nothing else, nothing more
    no quiero nada más I don't want anything else
    no dijo nada de nada he didn't say anything at all
    no es nada it's nothing serious
    esto no es nada that's nothing
    te he traído un regalito de nada I've brought you a little something
    cuesta cinco millones, ¡ahí es nada! it costs five million, a real snip!
    casi nada almost nothing
    como si nada as if nothing was the matter, as if nothing had happened
    de nada don't mention it, you're welcome (respuesta a 'gracias')
    dentro de nada any second now
    ¡nada de eso! absolutely not!
    No quiero nada I don't want any.
    2 love (en tenis). (peninsular Spanish)
    f.
    1 nothing, bugger all.
    2 little bit, trace, tiny bit, tiny little bit.
    pres.indicat.
    3rd person singular (él/ella/ello) present indicative of spanish verb: nadar.
    * * *
    1 nothing
    (no hay) nada como... there's nothing like...
    ¿te has hecho daño? --no, no ha sido nada did you hurt yourself? --no, I'm all right thank you
    1 (not) at all
    1 nothingness
    \
    antes de nada first of all
    como si nada just like that
    de nada (no hay de qué) don't mention it, think nothing of it, (US you're welcome) 2 (insignificante) insignificant
    gracias, --de nada thanks, --don't mention it
    dentro de nada in a moment
    nada de eso not at all, nothing of the kind
    ¿se casa Maribel? --¡nada de eso! is Maribel getting married? --absolutely not!, no way!
    nada más... as soon as..., no sooner...
    nada menos que no less than
    por nada for no reason at all
    por nada del mundo (not) for anything in the world
    ¡y nada de...! and don't...!
    ¡y nada de bañarse en el río! and don't go bathing in the river!
    * * *
    1. noun f. 2. adv. - de nada 3. pron.
    nothing, anything
    * * *
    1. PRON
    1) (=ninguna cosa) [con el verbo inglés en forma afirmativa] nothing; [con el verbo inglés en forma negativa] anything

    no dijo nada en toda la tarde — he said nothing all afternoon, he didn't say anything all afternoon

    no hay nada como un café después de comer — there's nothing like a coffee after your meal, nothing beats a coffee after your meal

    -¿qué has comprado? -nada — "what have you bought?" - "nothing"

    nada de, no sabe nada de español — he knows no Spanish at all, he doesn't know any Spanish at all

    -¿qué te cuentas? -nada de particular — "what's new?" - "nothing much" o "not a lot"

    ¡nada de eso! — not a bit of it!

    ¡nada de marcharse! — forget about leaving!

    nada de nada — absolutely nothing, nothing at all

    ahí
    2) [en locuciones]
    a) [con verbo]

    estuvo en nada que lo perdiesen — they very nearly lost it

    no me falta de nada — I've got everything I need

    hace nada — just a moment ago

    no se parecen en nada — they're not at all alike

    quedar(se) en nada — to come to nothing

    no reparar en nada — to stop at nothing

    no servir para nada — to be utterly useless

    no ha sido nada — it's nothing, it doesn't matter

    b) [con preposición, adverbio]

    antes de nada, antes de nada tengo que telefonear — before I do anything else I must make a phone call

    a cada nada — LAm * constantly

    casi nada, no costó casi nada — it cost next to nothing

    ¡había unas cien mil personas! ¡casi nada! — there were no fewer than a hundred thousand people there!

    como si nada, se lo advertí, pero como si nada — I warned him but it was as if I hadn't spoken

    de nada, -¡gracias! -de nada — "thanks!" - "don't mention it" o "you're welcome"

    ¡tanto revuelo por un premio de nada! — all that fuss over such a silly little prize!

    dentro de nada — very soon

    nada más, -¿desea algo más? -nada más, gracias — "can I get you anything else?" - "no, that's all thank you"

    no dijo nada más — he didn't say anything else, he said nothing else

    nada más que estoy muy cansado And, Méx it's just that I'm very tired

    (nada más y) nada menos que... — (no more and) no less than...

    han ganado nada menos que un coche — they've won a car, no less

    ni nada — or anything

    pues no es feo ni nadairó he's not ugly... much!

    para nada — at all

    -¿te gusta? -para nada — "do you like it?" - "not at all"

    por nada, por nada se echa a llorar — she's always crying over nothing o for no reason at all

    no por nada le llaman "apestoso" — he's not called "smelly" for nothing

    ¡por nada! — Cono Sur not at all!, don't mention it!

    3) [como coletilla]

    pues nada, me voy — well, I'm off then

    -¿qué pasó? -pues nada, que estuve esperando y no llegó — "what happened?" - "well, I was there waiting and he didn't arrive"

    y nada, al final nos fuimos — anyway, in the end we left

    4) (Tenis) love
    2.
    ADV not at all, by no means

    no es nada fácil — it's not at all easy, it's by no means easy

    pues no eres tú nada ambiciosoiró well you're not very ambitious, are you?... much!

    3.
    SF
    * * *
    I
    1)

    antes que or de nada — first of all

    no hay nada como... — there's nothing like...

    no es por nada pero... — don't take this the wrong way but...

    nada de nada — (fam) not a thing

    nada más: no hay nada más there's nothing else; ¿algo más? - nada más anything else? - no, that's it o that's all; nada más fui yo (Méx) I was the only one who went; salí nada más comer I went out right o straight after lunch; sacó (nada más ni) nada menos que el primer puesto she came first no less; nada más que: no se lo dije nada más que a él he's the only one I told; para nada: no me gustó para nada I didn't like it at all; como si nada (fam): me lo dijo como si nada! she told me as if it was nothing; se quedó como si nada she didn't even bat an eyelid; no hay nada que hacerle — (fam) that's all there is to it

    2)
    b) ( muy poco)

    con or de nada se rompe — it breaks just like that

    estar en nada: estuvo en nada que perdiéramos el tren — we very nearly missed the train

    c) (fam) ( uso expletivo)

    y nada, que al final no lo compró — anyway, in the end she didn't buy it

    pues nada, ya veremos qué pasa — well o anyway, we'll see what happens

    3) (Esp) ( en tenis) love
    II

    no está nada preocupadohe isn't at all o the least bit worried

    III
    1) (Fil)
    2) (Méx, RPl fam) ( pequeña cantidad)
    * * *
    = anything, nothing, nil, zero + Nombre, naught, nothingness, nowt, zilch.
    Ex. As an inveterate user of the British Museum Library he was able to confirm that 'a library is not worth anything without a catalogue'.
    Ex. Nothing happens until the ENTER key is pressed.
    Ex. While our vision of our readers is hazy and our interests in them nil, then criticism must be either trivial or irrelevant.
    Ex. In recent years special libraries have been faced with a number of important factors, including reduced purchase budgets, zero increases in staffing, and the opportunities offered by automation.
    Ex. Was everything she learned for naught? She felt extinguished.
    Ex. The emptiness and nothingness associated with writer's block is often described as a kind of death, a place where there is nothing to decide, nothing about which to express an opinion.
    Ex. There's a real danger of flying off on a tangent while writing about this as it for once is purely about politics and there's ' nowt' as controversial as that.
    Ex. Before you lend cash to Tom, Dick and Harry, be sure you know what you're doing or else your friendship will be worth zilch.
    ----
    * a cambio de nada = for nothing.
    * a nadie le importa nada = nobody + gives a damn.
    * antes de nada = before long, before + Pronombre + know what + happen, before + Pronombre + know it.
    * antes que nada = first of all, before anything else, first off, above all things.
    * a propósito de nada = for no specific reason, for no particular reason.
    * caer en la nada = fall into + the void, fall into + (empty) space.
    * casi nada = next to nothing.
    * como si nada = be right as rain, unfazed.
    * contar para nada = count + for nothing.
    * decir la verdad, toda la verdad y nada más que la verdad = to tell the truth, the whole truth, and nothing but the truth.
    * de la nada = from nowhere, out of nowhere.
    * del año de la nada = from the year dot.
    * en apenas nada = in no time at all, in next to no time, in no time.
    * en casi nada = in no time at all, in next to no time.
    * en nada de tiempo = at a moment's notice, in next to no time, in no time at all, in no time.
    * esperar sin nada que hacer = kick + Posesivo + heels.
    * estar con amigos en la calle pasando el rato sin hacer nada = hang out + on the street.
    * estar sin hacer nada = sit + idle, stand + idle.
    * hablar sin decir nada = waffle.
    * hacer como si nada = play it + cool.
    * más que nada = more than anything else.
    * nada bonito = unlovely.
    * nada claro = unclear, uncleared.
    * nada convencido = unimpressed.
    * nada convencional = unorthodox.
    * ¡nada de eso! = no dice!.
    * nada de importancia = nothing in particular.
    * nada de nada = zilch.
    * nada desdeñable = not inconsiderable.
    * nada despreciable = not inconsiderable.
    * nada en absoluto = not at all, nothing whatsoever.
    * nada en la vida es gratuito = you cannot make an omelette without breaking eggs.
    * nada envidiable = unenviable.
    * nada es gratis = nothing comes without a cost.
    * nada es gratis en la viña del Señor = there is no such thing as a free lunch, there is no such thing as a free ride.
    * nada es mejor que = nothing beats....
    * nada + estar + más apartado de la realidad = nothing + can + be further from the truth.
    * nada + estar + más apartado de la verdad = nothing + can + be further from the truth.
    * nada + estar + más lejos de la verdad = nothing + can + be further from the truth, nothing + can + be further from the truth.
    * nada extraordinario = unremarkable.
    * nada impresionado = unimpressed.
    * nada instintivo = counter-intuitive [counterintuitive].
    * nada intuitivo = counter-intuitive [counterintuitive].
    * nada lógico = counter-intuitive [counterintuitive].
    * nada más = anything else, nothing else.
    * nada más y nada menos = as much as + Expresión Numérica.
    * nada más y nada menos que = in the order of + Cantidad, nothing less than.
    * nada más y nada menos que de/por + Cantidad = to the tune of + Cantidad.
    * nada más y nada menos que desde + Expresión Temporal = from as far back as + Expresión Temporal.
    * nada más y nada menos que + Número = as many as + Número.
    * nada materialista = unworldly.
    * nada menos que + Nombre + tan + Adjetivo + como = no less + Adjetivo + Nombre + than.
    * nada puede estar más alejado de la realidad = nothing can be further from the truth.
    * nada puede estar más apartado de la realidad = nothing can be further from the truth.
    * nada sabe mejor que sentirse delgado = nothing tastes as good as thin feels.
    * nada se acaba hasta que no se acaba = nothing is done until it's done.
    * nada sorprendente = unsurprising.
    * nada supera a = nothing beats....
    * no andar en nada bueno = be up to no good, get up to + no good.
    * no conducir a nada = be exercises in + futility.
    * no conocer a Alguien de nada = not know + Pronombre + from Adam.
    * no conocer a Alguien para nada = not know + Pronombre + from Adam.
    * no conseguir nada = achieve + nothing.
    * no deber nada = pay + Posesivo + dues.
    * no decir nada = keep + quiet.
    * no decir nada a nadie = lips + seal.
    * no encontrar nada + Adjetivo = find far from + Adjetivo.
    * no estar nada + Adjetivo = be anything but + Adjetivo.
    * no + haber + nada como = there + be + nothing like.
    * no haber nada de verdad en = there + be + any/no truth to.
    * no + haber + nada malo en = there + be + nothing wrong in/with.
    * no hacer nada = vegetate, veg out.
    * no hacer nada al respecto = leave + unchecked.
    * no hacer nada de particular = do + nothing in particular.
    * no hay nada como = nothing beats....
    * no hay nada imposible = all bets are off.
    * no hay nada mejor que = nothing beats....
    * no hay nada oculto = what you see is what you get.
    * no importar nada = not give a shit, not give a fuck.
    * no parecerse en nada a = be nothing like.
    * no perderse nada = be no great loss.
    * no querer saber más nada de = drop + Nombre + like a hot potato, drop + Nombre + like a hot brick.
    * no querer saber nada de = want + nothing to do with.
    * no querer tener nada que ver con = want + nothing to do with.
    * no revelar nada a nadie = lips + seal.
    * no ser nada = add up to + nothing.
    * no ser nada fácil = be hard-pushed to.
    * no servir de nada = be of no avail, be to no avail.
    * no servir de nada que + Subjuntivo = no use + Ving.
    * no servir para nada = be good for nothing, pissing into the wind, be of no avail, be to no avail, all + be for + naught.
    * no significar nada = add up to + nothing.
    * no suponer nada = add up to + nothing.
    * no tener nada en contra de Algo = have + nothing against, have + no quarrel about + Nombre.
    * no tener nada que perder = have + nothing to lose.
    * no tener nada que ver con = be irrelevant to.
    * no tener tiempo de nada = have + not a moment to spare.
    * o nada en absoluto = if at all.
    * para nada = in vain, to no avail, without any avail, vainly, of no avail.
    * para que no falte de nada = for good measure.
    * persona que nunca se deshace de anda = hoarder, packrat, magpie.
    * por nada = for nothing.
    * por nada del mundo = for the life of me.
    * por nada o casi nada = at little or no extra cost.
    * por no decir nada de = to say nothing of.
    * por poco o nada = at little or no extra cost.
    * por probar nada se pierde = nothing ventured, nothing gained.
    * primero que nada = first off.
    * que no conduce a nada = circuitous.
    * quien nada arriesga nada gana = nothing ventured, nothing gained.
    * reducir a la nada = reduce to + nil.
    * saber un poco de todo y mucho de nada = jack of all trades, master of none.
    * sentarse sin hacer nada = sit + idle.
    * ser nada más y nada menos que = be nothing less than.
    * servir de poco o nada = be of little or no avail.
    * servir para nada = count + for nothing.
    * sin decir nada = dumbly.
    * sin dejar nada fuera = the works!.
    * sin nada de gracia = unfunny.
    * sin nada que destacar = uneventful.
    * sin poder hacer nada = helplessly.
    * trabajar a cambio de nada = work for + nothing.
    * una cosa no + tener + nada que ver con la otra = one thing + have + nothing to do with the other.
    * y antes de nada = the next thing + Pronombre + know.
    * * *
    I
    1)

    antes que or de nada — first of all

    no hay nada como... — there's nothing like...

    no es por nada pero... — don't take this the wrong way but...

    nada de nada — (fam) not a thing

    nada más: no hay nada más there's nothing else; ¿algo más? - nada más anything else? - no, that's it o that's all; nada más fui yo (Méx) I was the only one who went; salí nada más comer I went out right o straight after lunch; sacó (nada más ni) nada menos que el primer puesto she came first no less; nada más que: no se lo dije nada más que a él he's the only one I told; para nada: no me gustó para nada I didn't like it at all; como si nada (fam): me lo dijo como si nada! she told me as if it was nothing; se quedó como si nada she didn't even bat an eyelid; no hay nada que hacerle — (fam) that's all there is to it

    2)
    b) ( muy poco)

    con or de nada se rompe — it breaks just like that

    estar en nada: estuvo en nada que perdiéramos el tren — we very nearly missed the train

    c) (fam) ( uso expletivo)

    y nada, que al final no lo compró — anyway, in the end she didn't buy it

    pues nada, ya veremos qué pasa — well o anyway, we'll see what happens

    3) (Esp) ( en tenis) love
    II

    no está nada preocupadohe isn't at all o the least bit worried

    III
    1) (Fil)
    2) (Méx, RPl fam) ( pequeña cantidad)
    * * *
    = anything, nothing, nil, zero + Nombre, naught, nothingness, nowt, zilch.

    Ex: As an inveterate user of the British Museum Library he was able to confirm that 'a library is not worth anything without a catalogue'.

    Ex: Nothing happens until the ENTER key is pressed.
    Ex: While our vision of our readers is hazy and our interests in them nil, then criticism must be either trivial or irrelevant.
    Ex: In recent years special libraries have been faced with a number of important factors, including reduced purchase budgets, zero increases in staffing, and the opportunities offered by automation.
    Ex: Was everything she learned for naught? She felt extinguished.
    Ex: The emptiness and nothingness associated with writer's block is often described as a kind of death, a place where there is nothing to decide, nothing about which to express an opinion.
    Ex: There's a real danger of flying off on a tangent while writing about this as it for once is purely about politics and there's ' nowt' as controversial as that.
    Ex: Before you lend cash to Tom, Dick and Harry, be sure you know what you're doing or else your friendship will be worth zilch.
    * a cambio de nada = for nothing.
    * a nadie le importa nada = nobody + gives a damn.
    * antes de nada = before long, before + Pronombre + know what + happen, before + Pronombre + know it.
    * antes que nada = first of all, before anything else, first off, above all things.
    * a propósito de nada = for no specific reason, for no particular reason.
    * caer en la nada = fall into + the void, fall into + (empty) space.
    * casi nada = next to nothing.
    * como si nada = be right as rain, unfazed.
    * contar para nada = count + for nothing.
    * decir la verdad, toda la verdad y nada más que la verdad = to tell the truth, the whole truth, and nothing but the truth.
    * de la nada = from nowhere, out of nowhere.
    * del año de la nada = from the year dot.
    * en apenas nada = in no time at all, in next to no time, in no time.
    * en casi nada = in no time at all, in next to no time.
    * en nada de tiempo = at a moment's notice, in next to no time, in no time at all, in no time.
    * esperar sin nada que hacer = kick + Posesivo + heels.
    * estar con amigos en la calle pasando el rato sin hacer nada = hang out + on the street.
    * estar sin hacer nada = sit + idle, stand + idle.
    * hablar sin decir nada = waffle.
    * hacer como si nada = play it + cool.
    * más que nada = more than anything else.
    * nada bonito = unlovely.
    * nada claro = unclear, uncleared.
    * nada convencido = unimpressed.
    * nada convencional = unorthodox.
    * ¡nada de eso! = no dice!.
    * nada de importancia = nothing in particular.
    * nada de nada = zilch.
    * nada desdeñable = not inconsiderable.
    * nada despreciable = not inconsiderable.
    * nada en absoluto = not at all, nothing whatsoever.
    * nada en la vida es gratuito = you cannot make an omelette without breaking eggs.
    * nada envidiable = unenviable.
    * nada es gratis = nothing comes without a cost.
    * nada es gratis en la viña del Señor = there is no such thing as a free lunch, there is no such thing as a free ride.
    * nada es mejor que = nothing beats....
    * nada + estar + más apartado de la realidad = nothing + can + be further from the truth.
    * nada + estar + más apartado de la verdad = nothing + can + be further from the truth.
    * nada + estar + más lejos de la verdad = nothing + can + be further from the truth, nothing + can + be further from the truth.
    * nada extraordinario = unremarkable.
    * nada impresionado = unimpressed.
    * nada instintivo = counter-intuitive [counterintuitive].
    * nada intuitivo = counter-intuitive [counterintuitive].
    * nada lógico = counter-intuitive [counterintuitive].
    * nada más = anything else, nothing else.
    * nada más y nada menos = as much as + Expresión Numérica.
    * nada más y nada menos que = in the order of + Cantidad, nothing less than.
    * nada más y nada menos que de/por + Cantidad = to the tune of + Cantidad.
    * nada más y nada menos que desde + Expresión Temporal = from as far back as + Expresión Temporal.
    * nada más y nada menos que + Número = as many as + Número.
    * nada materialista = unworldly.
    * nada menos que + Nombre + tan + Adjetivo + como = no less + Adjetivo + Nombre + than.
    * nada puede estar más alejado de la realidad = nothing can be further from the truth.
    * nada puede estar más apartado de la realidad = nothing can be further from the truth.
    * nada sabe mejor que sentirse delgado = nothing tastes as good as thin feels.
    * nada se acaba hasta que no se acaba = nothing is done until it's done.
    * nada sorprendente = unsurprising.
    * nada supera a = nothing beats....
    * no andar en nada bueno = be up to no good, get up to + no good.
    * no conducir a nada = be exercises in + futility.
    * no conocer a Alguien de nada = not know + Pronombre + from Adam.
    * no conocer a Alguien para nada = not know + Pronombre + from Adam.
    * no conseguir nada = achieve + nothing.
    * no deber nada = pay + Posesivo + dues.
    * no decir nada = keep + quiet.
    * no decir nada a nadie = lips + seal.
    * no encontrar nada + Adjetivo = find far from + Adjetivo.
    * no estar nada + Adjetivo = be anything but + Adjetivo.
    * no + haber + nada como = there + be + nothing like.
    * no haber nada de verdad en = there + be + any/no truth to.
    * no + haber + nada malo en = there + be + nothing wrong in/with.
    * no hacer nada = vegetate, veg out.
    * no hacer nada al respecto = leave + unchecked.
    * no hacer nada de particular = do + nothing in particular.
    * no hay nada como = nothing beats....
    * no hay nada imposible = all bets are off.
    * no hay nada mejor que = nothing beats....
    * no hay nada oculto = what you see is what you get.
    * no importar nada = not give a shit, not give a fuck.
    * no parecerse en nada a = be nothing like.
    * no perderse nada = be no great loss.
    * no querer saber más nada de = drop + Nombre + like a hot potato, drop + Nombre + like a hot brick.
    * no querer saber nada de = want + nothing to do with.
    * no querer tener nada que ver con = want + nothing to do with.
    * no revelar nada a nadie = lips + seal.
    * no ser nada = add up to + nothing.
    * no ser nada fácil = be hard-pushed to.
    * no servir de nada = be of no avail, be to no avail.
    * no servir de nada que + Subjuntivo = no use + Ving.
    * no servir para nada = be good for nothing, pissing into the wind, be of no avail, be to no avail, all + be for + naught.
    * no significar nada = add up to + nothing.
    * no suponer nada = add up to + nothing.
    * no tener nada en contra de Algo = have + nothing against, have + no quarrel about + Nombre.
    * no tener nada que perder = have + nothing to lose.
    * no tener nada que ver con = be irrelevant to.
    * no tener tiempo de nada = have + not a moment to spare.
    * o nada en absoluto = if at all.
    * para nada = in vain, to no avail, without any avail, vainly, of no avail.
    * para que no falte de nada = for good measure.
    * persona que nunca se deshace de anda = hoarder, packrat, magpie.
    * por nada = for nothing.
    * por nada del mundo = for the life of me.
    * por nada o casi nada = at little or no extra cost.
    * por no decir nada de = to say nothing of.
    * por poco o nada = at little or no extra cost.
    * por probar nada se pierde = nothing ventured, nothing gained.
    * primero que nada = first off.
    * que no conduce a nada = circuitous.
    * quien nada arriesga nada gana = nothing ventured, nothing gained.
    * reducir a la nada = reduce to + nil.
    * saber un poco de todo y mucho de nada = jack of all trades, master of none.
    * sentarse sin hacer nada = sit + idle.
    * ser nada más y nada menos que = be nothing less than.
    * servir de poco o nada = be of little or no avail.
    * servir para nada = count + for nothing.
    * sin decir nada = dumbly.
    * sin dejar nada fuera = the works!.
    * sin nada de gracia = unfunny.
    * sin nada que destacar = uneventful.
    * sin poder hacer nada = helplessly.
    * trabajar a cambio de nada = work for + nothing.
    * una cosa no + tener + nada que ver con la otra = one thing + have + nothing to do with the other.
    * y antes de nada = the next thing + Pronombre + know.

    * * *
    A
    1 nothing
    es mejor que nada it's better than nothing
    de nada sirve que le compres libros si no los lee there's no point in buying him books if he doesn't read them
    antes que or de nada first of all
    nada te faltará or no te faltará nada you won't want for anything
    no hay nada como un buen baño caliente there's nothing like a nice hot bath
    hace dos días que no come nada he hasn't eaten a thing o anything for two days
    ¡no sirves para nada! you're useless
    no se hizo nada he wasn't hurt
    no sé por qué llora, yo no le hice nada I don't know why he's crying, I didn't touch him
    ¿te has hecho daño? — no, no ha sido nada did you hurt yourself? — no, it's nothing
    ¡perdón! — no fue nada sorry! — that's all right
    no es por nada pero … don't take this the wrong way but …
    se fue sin decir nada she left without a word
    nadie me dio nada nobody gave me anything
    nada DE algo:
    no necesita nada de azúcar it doesn't need any sugar at all
    eso no tiene nada de gracia that's not in the least bit o not at all funny
    ¡nada de juegos or jugar ahora! you're not playing o I don't want any games now!
    2 ( en locs):
    de nada you're welcome, it's a pleasure, don't mention it ( frml)
    nada de nada ( fam); not a thing
    nada más: no hay nada más there's nothing else
    ¿algo más? — nada más anything else? — no, that's it o that's all o that's the lot
    no se pudo hacer nada más or más nada por él nothing more could be done for him
    nada más fui yo ( Méx); I was the only one who went
    no nada más yo lo critico ( Méx); I'm not the only one to criticize him
    salí nada más comer I went out right o straight after lunch
    nada más llegar subió a verla as soon as he arrived he went up to see her
    nada más que: la verdad, toda la verdad y nada más que la verdad the truth, the whole truth, and nothing but the truth
    no se lo dije nada más que a él he's the only one I told, I didn't tell anyone except him o but him
    nada que … ( Andes fam): ya son las diez y nada que vienen it's already ten o'clock and there's still no sign of them
    ni nada ( fam): no me avisó ni nada ( fam); he didn't tell me or anything, he didn't even tell me
    no es ambicioso ni nada ( iró); he's not at all ambitious or anything like that! ( iro)
    para nada not … at all
    ese tema no se tocó para nada that topic didn't come up at all
    no me gustó para nada I didn't like it at all o one little bit
    ahí es nada ( fam iró): hicieron un par de millones, ahí es nada they made a couple of million … peanuts o chickenfeed! ( colloq iro)
    como si nada ( fam): ¡me lo dice como si nada! she tells me as casual as you like, and she tells me as if it was nothing
    se quedó como si nada she didn't even bat an eyelid
    se lo dije mil veces, pero como si nada I told her over and over again, but it didn't do the slightest bit of good
    no estás/está en nada ( Ven arg); you're/he's so uncool ( colloq), you don't/he doesn't have a clue ( colloq)
    no hay nada que hacerle ( fam); that's all there is to it, there are no two ways about it
    B
    1
    (algo): ¿has visto alguna vez nada igual? have you ever seen the like of it o the likes of it o anything like it?
    antes de que digas nada before you say anything
    2
    (muy poco): con or de nada se rompe it breaks just like that
    fue un golpe de nada it was only a little bump
    en nada de tiempo in no time at all
    compraron la casa por nada they bought the house for next to nothing
    dentro de nada very soon, in no time at all
    estar en nada: estuvo en nada que perdiéramos el tren we very nearly missed the train
    no nos vieron, pero estuvo en nada they didn't see us, but it was a close call o shave
    3 ( fam)
    (uso expletivo): y nada, que al final no lo compró anyway, in the end she didn't buy it
    pues nada, ya veremos qué pasa well o anyway, we'll see what happens
    C ( Esp) (en tenis) love
    quince-nada fifteen-love
    no está nada preocupado he isn't at all o the least bit worried
    anoche no dormí nada I didn't sleep a wink o at all last night
    no me gusta nada lo que has hecho I don't like what you've done one bit
    no es nada engreído el chico ( iró); he sure is vain!, he isn't half conceited! ( BrE)
    A ( Fil):
    la nada nothing
    el universo se creó de la nada the universe was created from nothing o from the void
    surgió de la nada it came out of nowhere
    B
    (Méx, RPl fam) (pequeña cantidad): ¿le diste vino al bebé? — sólo una nada did you give the baby wine? — only a tiny drop
    le puse una nada de sal I added a tiny pinch of salt
    ganó por una nada he won by a whisker
    * * *

     

    Del verbo nadar: ( conjugate nadar)

    nada es:

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente indicativo

    2ª persona singular (tú) imperativo

    Multiple Entries:
    nada    
    nadar
    nada pronombre
    1


    de nada sirve que le compres libros there's no point in buying him books;
    antes que or de nada first of all;
    no quiere nada he doesn't want anything;
    ¡no sirves para nada! you're useless;
    sin decir nada without a word
    b) ( en locs)


    nada de nada (fam) not a thing;
    nada más: no hay nada más there's nothing else;
    ¿algo más? — nada más anything else? — no, that's it o that's all;
    nada más fui yo (Méx) I was the only one who went;
    salí nada más comer I went out right o straight after lunch;
    sacó (nada más ni) nada menos que el primer puesto she came first no less;
    para nada: no me gustó para nada I didn't like it at all;
    por nada: la compraron por nada they bought it for next to nothing;
    discuten por nada they argue over nothing;
    llora por nada she cries at the slightest little thing
    2 (Esp) ( en tenis) love;

    ■ adverbio:
    no está nada preocupado he isn't at all o the least bit worried;

    esto no me gusta nada I don't like this at all o (colloq) one bit
    nadar ( conjugate nadar) verbo intransitivo
    a) [persona/pez] to swim;

    ¿sabes nada? can you swim?;

    nada (estilo) mariposa/pecho to do (the) butterfly/breaststroke;
    nada de espalda or (Méx) de dorso to do (the) back stroke
    b) [ramas/hojas] ( flotar) to float

    c)

    nadar en ( tener mucho): nada en dinero to be rolling in money (colloq);

    el pollo nadaba en grasa the chicken was swimming in grease
    verbo transitivo
    to swim
    nada
    I pron
    1 (ninguna cosa) nothing: ¿qué te cuentas?, - nada nuevo, how it's going?, - nothing new
    (con otro negativo) nothing, not... anything: no hay nada más importante, there is nothing more important
    no tocamos nada, we didn't touch anything
    no lo cambiaría por nada del mundo, I wouldn't change it for anything on earth
    2 (en preguntas) anything: ¿no tienes nada que decir?, don't you have anything to say?
    3 (muy poco) con la niebla no veíamos nada, we couldn't see a thing in the fog
    no fue nada, (herida, golpe) I wasn't hurt
    (respuesta a una disculpa) it's all right
    4 (en ciertas construcciones) anything
    más que nada, more than anything: me importa más que nada, it means more than anything else to me
    sin decir nada, without saying anything/a word
    II adverbio not at all: no nos aburrimos nada, we weren't bored at all
    no escribe nada mal, he doesn't write at all badly
    III sustantivo femenino nothingness
    ♦ Locuciones: casi nada, almost nothing
    gracias, - de nada, thanks, - don't mention it
    más que nada: te lo digo más que nada para que no vayas a meter la pata, more than anything else I'm telling you so you don't put your foot in it
    nada más: nada más oírlo, as soon as she heard it
    familiar para nada, not at all
    nadar verbo intransitivo
    1 Dep to swim: no sé nadar, I can't swim
    2 (un objeto) to float
    3 (tener en abundancia) nada en libros, she has a lot of books
    ' nada' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    absolutamente
    - adelantar
    - adorno
    - amilanarse
    - amohinarse
    - balde
    - bastante
    - bregar
    - cabo
    - callar
    - calmarse
    - cero
    - ciega
    - ciego
    - clara
    - claro
    - comecome
    - como
    - comparecencia
    - concreta
    - concreto
    - conducir
    - contra
    - dar
    - débil
    - decir
    - derecha
    - desocupada
    - desocupado
    - doblar
    - doblarse
    - doble
    - ecuánime
    - embalarse
    - envidiar
    - escaramuza
    - escarceo
    - faltar
    - frescura
    - ir
    - gusto
    - hablar
    - incumbir
    - interés
    - interlunio
    - jota
    - jueves
    - maldita
    - maldito
    - más
    English:
    all
    - all right
    - amusing
    - antsy
    - anything
    - associate
    - avail
    - blank
    - board
    - breathe
    - burn
    - clash
    - clear
    - click
    - come into
    - contrary
    - cop
    - damn
    - dark
    - dark horse
    - dead
    - depth
    - dim
    - dishwater
    - disorderly
    - drone
    - dwindle
    - earth
    - earthly
    - easy
    - enforce
    - ever
    - excuse
    - first
    - flair
    - further
    - go on
    - go without
    - going
    - good
    - hand
    - hang about
    - hang around
    - hardly
    - harm
    - have
    - head
    - home
    - hot
    - ill-considered
    * * *
    pron
    1. [ninguna cosa o cantidad] nothing;
    [en negativas] anything;
    no he leído nada de Lorca I haven't read anything by Lorca;
    no pasó nada nothing happened;
    a él nada parece satisfacerle he never seems to be satisfied with anything;
    de nada vale insistir there's no point in insisting;
    nada me gustaría más que poder ayudarte there's nothing I'd like more than to be able to help you;
    no hay nada como un buen libro there's nothing (quite) like a good book;
    tranquilos, no es nada don't worry, it's nothing serious;
    casi nada almost nothing;
    de nada, Am [m5] por nada [respuesta a “gracias”] you're welcome, don't mention it;
    esto no es nada that's nothing;
    no queda nada de café there's no coffee left;
    no tengo nada de ganas de ir I don't feel like going at all;
    no dijo nada de nada he didn't say anything at all;
    no me ha gustado nada de nada I didn't like it at all o one little bit;
    nada de quejas, ¿de acuerdo? no complaining, right?, I don't want any complaints, right?;
    nada más nothing else, nothing more;
    ¿desean algo más? – nada más, gracias do you want anything else? – no, that's everything o all, thank you;
    no quiero nada más I don't want anything else;
    me dio de plazo dos días nada más she only gave me two days to do it;
    me ha costado nada más que 20 dólares it only cost me 20 dollars;
    ¡tanto esfuerzo para nada! all that effort for nothing!
    2. [poco, muy poco]
    yo apenas sé nada de ese tema I hardly know anything about that subject;
    es muy frágil y con nada se parte it's very fragile and is easily broken;
    dentro de nada any second now;
    lo he visto salir hace nada I saw him leave just a moment ago o just this minute;
    no hace nada que salió he left just a moment ago o just this minute;
    por nada se enfada she gets angry at the slightest thing, it doesn't take much for her to get angry;
    CAm, Col, Ven Fam
    a cada nada every five minutes, constantly;
    Méx
    en nada estuvo que se casara he very nearly got married
    3. Esp [en tenis] love;
    treinta nada thirty love
    4. [expresando negación]
    ¡nada de eso! absolutely not!;
    no pienso ir, ni llamar, ni nada I won't go, or call, or anything;
    no tenemos ni coche, ni moto, ni nada que se le parezca we don't have a car or a motorbike, or anything of that sort
    5. Comp
    ¡ahí es nada!, ¡casi nada!: cuesta cinco millones, ¡ahí es nada! o [m5]¡casi nada! it costs a cool five million!;
    como si nada as if nothing was the matter, as if nothing had happened;
    (nada más y) nada menos que [cosa] no less than;
    [persona] none other than; Fam
    ni nada: ¡no es alta ni nada la chica! she's tall all right!, you could say she's tall!;
    no es por nada: no es por nada pero creo que estás equivocado don't take this the wrong way, but I think you're mistaken;
    no es por nada pero llevas la bragueta abierta by the way, your fly's undone
    adv
    1. [en absoluto] at all;
    la película no me ha gustado nada I didn't like the movie at all;
    no he dormido nada I didn't get any sleep at all;
    no es nada extraño it's not at all strange;
    la obra no es nada aburrida the play isn't the slightest bit boring;
    no está nada mal it's not at all bad;
    no nos llevamos nada bien we don't get on at all well;
    Fam
    ¿te importa que me quede? – ¡para nada! do you mind if I stay? – of course not! o not at all!
    2. Fam [enfático]
    nada, que no hay manera de convencerle but no, he just refuses to be convinced
    nf
    1.
    la nada nothingness, the void;
    [el no ser]
    salir o [m5] surgir de la nada to appear out of o from nowhere
    2. Méx, RP Fam [muy poco]
    le pedí plata y me dio una nada I asked him for some money and he gave me next to nothing;
    comí una nada de helado I had a tiny bit of ice cream
    de nada loc adj
    te he traído un regalito de nada I've brought you a little something;
    es sólo un rasguño de nada it's just a little scratch
    nada más loc adv
    1. [al poco de]
    nada más salir de casa… no sooner had I left the house than…, as soon as I left the house…;
    nos iremos nada más cenar we'll go as soon as we've had dinner, we'll go straight after dinner
    2. Méx [solamente]
    nada más vine yo I'm the only one who's come
    3. Méx [sin más]
    de la fiesta regresaron a casa y nada más they went straight home after the party
    * * *
    I pron nothing;
    no hay nada there isn’t anything;
    no es nada it’s nothing;
    nada más nothing else;
    nada menos que no less than;
    nada de nada nothing at all;
    para nada not at all;
    no lo entiendes para nada you don’t understand at all;
    lo dices como si nada you talk about it as if it was nothing;
    más que nada more than anything;
    no lo haría por nada del mundo I wouldn’t do it if you paid me;
    por menos de nada for no reason at all;
    nada más llegar as soon as I arrived;
    antes de nada first of all;
    ¡nada de eso! fam you can put that idea out of your head;
    ¡casi nada! peanuts!;
    ¡de nada! you’re welcome, not at all;
    pues nada, … well, …
    II adv not at all;
    no ha llovido nada it hasn’t rained;
    no estoy nada contento I’m not at all happy
    III f nothingness
    * * *
    nada adv
    : not at all, not in the least
    no estamos nada cansados: we are not at all tired
    nada nf
    1) : nothingness
    2) : smidgen, bit
    una nada le disgusta: the slightest thing upsets him
    nada pron
    1) : nothing
    no estoy haciendo nada: I'm not doing anything
    2)
    casi nada : next to nothing
    3)
    de nada : you're welcome
    4)
    dentro de nada : very soon, in no time
    5)
    nada más : nothing else, nothing more
    * * *
    nada1 adv at all
    nada2 pron
    1. nothing / not... anything
    no hay nada, está vacío there's nothing there, it's empty
    2. (en tenis) love
    de nada (como respuesta) you're welcome / don't mention it (sin importancia) little / slight
    nada de no / any
    no tengo nada de dinero I've got no money / I haven't got any money
    no habla nada de inglés he speaks no English / doesn't speak any English
    nada más... as soon as...
    nada más entrar, vi a Fernando I saw Fernando as soon as I went in

    Spanish-English dictionary > nada

  • 10 ἔχω

    ἔχω (Hom.+) impf. εἶχον, 1 pl. εἴχαμεν and 3 pl. εἶχαν (both as vv.ll.; Mlt-H. 194; B-D-F §82) Mk 8:7; Rv 9:8 or εἴχοσαν (B-D-F §84, 2; Mlt-H. 194; Kühner-Bl. II p. 55) J 15:22, 24; 2 aor. ἔσχον; mixed aor. forms include ἔσχαν Hv 3, 5, 1, ἔσχοσαν 1 Esdr 6:5; 1 Macc 10:15 (ἔσχον, εἴχον vv.ll.); pf. ἔσχηκα; plpf. ἐσχήκειν.—In the following divisions: act. trans. 1–9; act. intr. 10; mid. 11.
    to possess or contain, have, own (Hom.+)
    to possess someth. that is under one’s control
    α. own, possess (s. esp. TestJob 9f) κτήματα πολλά own much property Mt 19:22; Mk 10:22. πρόβατα Lk 15:4; J 10:16. θησαυρόν Mt 19:21; Mk 10:21b. βίον living Lk 21:4; 1J 3:17. δραχμὰς δέκα Lk 15:8. πλοῖα Rv 18:19. κληρονομίαν Eph 5:5. θυσιαστήριον Hb 13:10a; μέρος ἔ. ἔν τινι have a share in someth. Rv 20:6. Gener. μηδὲν ἔ. own nothing (SibOr 3, 244) 2 Cor 6:10. ὅσα ἔχεις Mk 10:21; cp. 12:44; Mt 13:44, 46; 18:25. τί ἔχεις ὸ̔ οὐκ ἔλαβες; what do you have that you have not been given? 1 Cor 4:7. The obj. acc. is often used w. an adj. or ptc.: ἔ. ἅπαντα κοινά have everything in common Ac 2:44 (cp. Jos., Ant. 15, 18). ἔ. πολλὰ ἀγαθὰ κείμενα have many good things stored up Lk 12:19.—Hb 12:1. Abs. ἔ. have (anything) (Soph.et al.; Sir 13:5; 14:11) Mt 13:12a; Mk 4:25a; Lk 8:18a. ἐκ τοῦ ἔχειν in accordance w. what you have 2 Cor 8:11. ἔ. εἰς ἀπαρτισμόν have (enough) to complete Lk 14:28. W. neg. ἔ. have nothing Mt 13:12b; Mk 4:25b; Lk 8:18b.—ὁ ἔχων the one who has, who is well off (Soph., Aj. 157; Eur., Alc. 57; X., An. 7, 3, 28; Ar. 15:7). πᾶς ὁ ἔχων everyone who has (anything) Mt 25:29a; Lk 19:26a. ὁ μὴ ἔχων the one who has nothing (X., An. 7, 3, 28; 1 Esdr 9:51, 54; 2 Esdr 18:10) Mt 25:29b; Lk 19:26b; 1 Cor 11:22.
    β. have = hold in one’s charge or keeping ἔ. τὰς κλεῖς hold the keys Rv 1:18; cp. 3:7. τὸ γλωσσόκομον the money-box J 12:6; 13:29.
    to contain someth. have, possess, of the whole in relation to its parts
    α. of living beings, of parts of the body in men and animals μέλη Ro 12:4a; cp. 1 Cor 12:12. σάρκα καὶ ὀστέα Lk 24:39 (Just., A I, 66, 2 καὶ σάρκα καὶ αἷμα) ἀκροβυστίαν Ac 11:3. οὖς Rv 2:7, 11. ὦτα Mt 11:15; Mk 7:16; Lk 8:8. χεῖρας, πόδας, ὀφθαλμούς Mt 18:8f; Mk 9:43, 45, 47. Of animals and animal-like beings ἔ. πρόσωπον Rv 4:7. πτέρυγας vs. 8. κέρατα 5:6. ψυχάς 8:9. τρίχας 9:8. κεφαλάς 12:3 (TestAbr B 14 p. 118, 19 [Stone p. 84]) al. ἔχοντες ὑγιῆ τὴν σάρκα AcPlCor 2:32 (Just., D. 48, 3 σάρκα ἔχων). Of plants (TestAbr B 3 p. 107, 6 [Stone p. 62] εὗρον δένδρον … ἔχον κλάδους) ῥίζαν ἔ. Mt 13:6; Mk 4:6.
    β. of inanimate things: of cities τ. θεμελίους ἔ. Hb 11:10; cp. Rv 21:14. Of a head-covering χαρακτῆρα ἔχει βασιλικόν has a royal emblem GJs 2:2.
    to have at hand, have at one’s disposal have ἄρτους Mt 14:17; cp. 15:34; J 21:5, where the sense is prob. ‘Did you catch any fish for breakfast?’. οὐκ ἔχω ὸ̔ παραθήσω αὐτῷ I have nothing to set before him Lk 11:6. μὴ ἐχόντων τί φάγωσι since they had nothing to eat Mk 8:1; cp. Mt 15:32 (Soph., Oed. Col. 316 οὐκ ἔχω τί φῶ). οὐκ ἔχω ποῦ συνάξω I have no place to store Lk 12:17. ἄντλημα a bucket J 4:11a. οἰκίας ἔ. have houses (at one’s disposal) 1 Cor 11:22. Of pers.: have (at one’s disposal) (PAmh 92, 18 οὐχ ἕξω κοινωνόν and oft. in pap) Moses and the prophets Lk 16:29. παράκλητον an advocate, a helper 1J 2:1. οὐδένα ἔ. ἰσόψυχον Phil 2:20. ἄνθρωπον οὐκ ἔ. J 5:7.
    to have within oneself have σύλλημα ἔχει ἐκ πνεύματος ἁγίου she has something conceived through the Holy Spirit GJs 18:1. Var. constr. w. ἐν: of women ἐν γαστρὶ ἔ. be pregnant (γαστήρ 2) Mt 1:18, 23 (Is 7:14); 24:19; Mk 13:17; Lk 21:23; 1 Th 5:3; Rv 12:2. ἔ. τινὰ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ have someone in one’s heart Phil 1:7 (Ovid, Metam. 2, 641 aliquem clausum pectore habere). ἔ. τι ἐν ἑαυτῷ (Jos., Ant. 8, 171; cp. TestAbr A 3 p. 80, 14 [Stone p. 8] ἔκρυψεν τὸ μυστήριον, μόνος ἔχων ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ): ζωήν J 5:26. τὴν μαρτυρίαν 1J 5:10; τὸ ἀπόκριμα τοῦ θανάτου have a sentence of death within oneself 2 Cor 1:9.
    to have with oneself or in one’s company have μεθʼ ἑαυτοῦ (X., Cyr. 1, 4, 17) τινά someone Mt 15:30; 26:11; Mk 2:19; 14:7; J 12:8; AcPl Ha 8, 35; σὺν αὐτῷ 4:18.—The ptc. w. acc. = with (Diod S 12, 78, 1 ἔχων δύναμιν with a [military] force; 18, 61, 1 ὁ θρόνος ἔχων τὸ διάδημα the throne with the diadem; JosAs 27:8 ἔχοντες ἐσπασμένας τὰς ῥομφαίας ‘with their swords drawn’) ἀνέβησαν ἔχοντες αὐτόν they went up with him Lk 2:42 D.
    to stand in a close relationship to someone, have, have as
    of relatives πατέρα ἔ. J 8:41. ἀδελφούς Lk 16:28. ἄνδρα (Aristot., Cat. 15b, 27f λεγόμεθα δὲ καὶ γυναῖκα ἔχειν καὶ ἡ γυνὴ ἄνδρα; Tob 3:8 BA) be married (of the woman) J 4:17f; 1 Cor 7:2b, 13; Gal 4:27 (Is 54:1). γυναῖκα of the man (cp. Lucian, Tox. 45; SIG 1160 γυναικὸς Αἴ., τῆς νῦν ἔχει; PGM 13, 320; 1 Esdr 9:12, 18; Just., D. 141, 4 πολλὰς ἔσχον γυναίκας. As early as Od. 11, 603 Heracles ἔχει Ἥβην) 1 Cor 7:2a, 12, 29 (for the wordplay cp. Heliod. 1, 18, 4 in connection w. the handing over of a virgin: σὺ ἔχων οὐκ ἕξεις; Crates, 7th Ep. [p. 58, 8 Malherbe] πάντʼ ἔχοντες οὐδὲν ἔχετε). τέκνα Mt 21:28; 22:24; 1 Ti 3:4; 5:4; Tit 1:6. υἱούς (Artem. 5, 42 τὶς τρεῖς ἔχων υἱούς; cp. θυγατέρα TestAbr B 10 p. 114, 17 [Stone p.76]) Lk 15:11; Gal 4:22. σπέρμα have children Mt 22:25. W. acc. as obj. and in predicate (Ar. 8, 4 τούτους συνηγόρους ἔχοντες τῆς κακίας; 11, 3 ἔσχε μοιχὸν τὸν Ἄρην; Ath. 7, 2 ἔχομεν προφήτας μάρτυρας) ἔ. τινὰ πατέρα have someone as father Mt 3:9. ἔ. τινὰ γυναῖκα (w. γυναῖκα to be understood fr. the context) 14:4; cp. Mk 6:18; ὥστε γυναῖκά τινα τοῦ πατρὸς ἔ. that someone has taken his father’s wife (as his own wife: the simple ἔχειν in this sense as Plut., Cato Min. 21, 3; Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 10 §34; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 147. Perh. an illicit relationship is meant, as Longus 4, 17; Hesychius Miles. [VI A.D.], Viri Ill. 4 JFlach [1880] ἔχω Λαί̈δα) 1 Cor 5:1 (Diod S 20, 33, 5 of a man who had illicit relations with his stepmother: ἔχειν λάθρᾳ τοῦ πατρὸς τὴν Ἀλκίαν).
    more gener. φίλον have a friend Lk 11:5. ἀσθενοῦντας have sick people Lk 4:40 and χήρας widows 1 Ti 5:16 to care for; παιδαγωγοὺς ἔ. 1 Cor 4:15. δοῦλον Lk 17:7. οἰκονόμον 16:1; κύριον ἔ. have a master, i.e. be under a master’s control Col 4:1; δεσπότην ἔ. 1 Ti 6:2; βασιλέα J 19:15. ἀρχιερέα Hb 4:14; 8:1. ποιμένα Mt 9:36. ἔχων ὑπʼ ἐμαυτὸν στρατιώτας I have soldiers under me Lk 7:8. W. direct obj. and predicate acc. ἔ. τινὰ ὑπηρέτην have someone as an assistant Ac 13:5 (Just., A I, 14, 1) ἔ. τινὰ τύπον have someone as an example Phil 3:17.—Of the relation of Christians to God and to Jesus ἔ. θεόν, τὸν πατέρα, τὸν υἱόν have God, the Father, the Son, i.e. be in communion w. them 1J 2:23; 2J 9; AcPl Ha 4, 7.—HHanse, at end of this entry.
    to take a hold on someth., have, hold (to), grip
    of holding someth. in one’s hand ἔ. τι ἐν τῇ χειρί have someth. in one’s hand (since Il. 18, 505) Rv 1:16; 6:5; 10:2; 17:4. Of holding in the hand without ἐν τῇ χειρί (Josh 6:8; JosAs 5:7) ἔ. κιθάραν 5:8. λιβανωτὸν χρυσοῦν 8:3, cp. vs. 6; 14:17 and s. ἀλάβαστρον Mt 26:7 and Mk 14:3.
    of keeping someth. safe, a mina (a laborer’s wages for about three months) in a handkerchief keep safe Lk 19:20.
    of holding fast to matters of transcendent importance, fig. τὴν μαρτυρίαν Rv 6:9; 12:17; 19:10; the secret of Christian piety 1 Ti 3:9; an example of sound teaching 2 Ti 1:13; keep (Diod S 17, 93, 1 τὴν βασιλείαν ἔχειν=keep control) Mk 6:18.
    of states of being hold, hold in its grip, seize (Hom. et al.; PGiss 65a, 4 παρακαλῶ σε κύριέ μου, εἰδότα τὴν ἔχουσάν με συμφορὰν ἀπολῦσαί μοι; Job 21:6; Is 13:8; Jos., Ant. 3, 95 δέος εἶχε τοὺς Ἑβρ.; 5, 63; Just., D. 19, 3) εἶχεν αὐτὰς τρόμος καὶ ἔκστασις trembling and amazement had seized them Mk 16:8.
    to carry/bear as accessory or part of a whole, have on, wear, of clothing, weapons, etc. (Hom. et al.; LXX; TestAbr B p. 114, 22 [Stone p. 76]) τὸ ἔνδυμα Mt 3:4; 22:12 (cp. ἔνδυσιν TestJob 25:7). κατὰ κεφαλῆς ἔχων w. τὶ to be supplied while he wears (a covering) on his head 1 Cor 11:4. ἔ. θώρακας Rv 9:9, 17. ἔ. μάχαιραν wear a sword (Jos., Ant. 6, 190) J 18:10. Sim. of trees ἔ. φύλλα have leaves Mk 11:13 (ApcSed. 8:8).
    be in a position to do someth., can, be able, ἔ. w. inf. foll. (Hom. et al.; cp. Eur., Hec. 761; Hdt. 1, 49; Pla., Phd. p. 76d; Demosth., Ep. 2, 22; Theocr. 10, 37 τὸν τρόπον οὐκ ἔχω εἰπεῖν=I cannot specify the manner; Lucian, Dial. Mort. 21, 2, Hermot. 55; Epict. 1, 9, 32; 2, 2, 24 al.; Ael. Aristid. 51, 50 K.=27 p. 546 D.: οὐκ ἔχω λέγειν; PPetr II, 12, 1, 16; PAmh 131, 15; Pr 3:27; ApcEsdr 2:24; 3:7; 6:5; TestAbr A 8, p. 86, 13 [Stone p. 20]; Jos., Ant. 1, 338; 2, 58; Just., A I, 19, 5, D. 4, 6 οὐκ ἔχω εἰπεῖν) ἔ. ἀποδοῦναι be able to pay Mt 18:25a; Lk 7:42; 14:14. μὴ ἔ. περισσότερον τι ποιῆσαι be in a position to do nothing more 12:4. οὐδὲν ἔ. ἀντειπεῖν be able to make a reply Ac 4:14; cp. Tit 2:8. ἔ. κατηγορεῖν αὐτοῦ J 8:6 (cp. 9a below, end). ἀσφαλές τι γράψαι οὐκ ἔχω I have nothing definite to write Ac 25:26a; cp. 26b. ἔ. μεταδιδόναι Eph 4:28a. ἔ. τὴν τούτων μνήμην ποιεῖσθαι be able to recall these things to mind 2 Pt 1:15. κατʼ οὐδενὸς εἶχεν μείζονος ὀμόσαι he could swear by no one greater Hb 6:13. In the same sense without the actual addition of the inf., which is automatically supplied fr. context (X., An. 2, 1, 9) ὸ̔ ἔσχεν (i.e. ποιῆσαι) ἐποίησεν she has done what she could Mk 14:8.
    to have an opinion about someth., consider, look upon, view w. acc. as obj. and predicate acc. (POxy 292, 6 [c. 25 A.D.] ἔχειν αὐτὸν συνεσταμένον=look upon him as recommended; 787 [16 A.D.]; PGiss 71, 4; Job 30:9; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 16, 19; Ath. 32, 3 τοὺς μὲν υἱοὺς … νοοῦμεν, τοὺς δὲ ἀδελφούς ἔχομεν) ἔχε με παρῃτημένον consider me excused (= don’t expect me to come) Lk 14:18b, 19 (cp. Martial 2, 79 excusatum habeas me). τινὰ ἔντιμον ἔ. hold someone in honor Phil 2:29. ἔ. τινὰ ὡς προφήτην consider someone a prophet Mt 14:5; 21:26, 46 v.l. (cp. GNicod 5 [=Acta Pilati B 5 p. 297 Tdf.] ἔχειν [Jannes and Jambres] ὡς θεούς; Just., D. 47, 5 τὸν μετανοοῦντα … ὡς δίκαιον καὶ ἀναμάρτητον ἔχει). ἔ. τινὰ εἰς προφήτην consider someone a prophet Mt 21:46 (cp. Duris [III B.C.]: 76 Fgm. 21 Jac. ὸ̔ν εἰς θεοὺς ἔχουσιν). εἶχον τ. Ἰωάννην ὄντως ὅτι προφήτης ἦν they thought that John was really a prophet Mk 11:32.
    to experience someth., have (freq. in auxiliary capacity CTurner, JTS 28, 1927, 357–60)
    of all conditions of body and soul (Hom. et al.; LXX)
    α. of illness, et al. (ApcMos 6 νόσον καὶ πόνον ἔχω; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 305) ἀσθενείας have sicknesses/diseases Ac 28:9. μάστιγας physical troubles Mk 3:10. πληγὴν τῆς μαχαίρης Rv 13:14. θλῖψιν J 16:33b; 1 Cor 7:28; Rv 2:10. Esp. of possession by hostile spirits: δαιμόνιον ἔ. be possessed by an evil spirit Mt 11:18; Lk 7:33; 8:27; J 7:20; 8:48f, 52; 10:20. Βεελζεβούλ Mk 3:22. πνεῦμα ἀκάθαρτον vs. 30; 7:25; Ac 8:7. πνεῦμα δαιμονίου ἀκαθάρτου Lk 4:33. πνεῦμα πονηρόν Ac 19:13. πνεῦμα ἄλαλον Mk 9:17. πνεῦμα ἀσθενείας spirit of sickness Lk 13:11. τὸν λεγιῶνα (the evil spirit called) Legion Mk 5:15.
    β. gener. of conditions, characteristics, capabilities, emotions, inner possession: ἀγάπην ἔ. have love (cp. Diod S 3, 58, 3 φιλίαν ἔχειν; Just., D. 93, 4 φιλίαν ἢ ἀγάπην ἔχοντε) J 5:42; 13:35; 15:13; 1J 4:16; 1 Cor 13:1ff; 2 Cor 2:4; Phil 2:2; 1 Pt 4:8. ἀγνωσίαν θεοῦ fail to know God 1 Cor 15:34. ἁμαρτίαν J 9:41; 15:22a. ἀσθένειαν Hb 7:28. γνῶσιν 1 Cor 8:1, 10 (Just., A II, 13, 1; D. 28, 4). ἐλπίδα Ac 24:15; Ro 15:4; 2 Cor 3:12; 10:15; Eph 2:12; 1J 3:3 (Ath. 33, 1). ἐπιθυμίαν Phil 1:23. ἐπιποθίαν Ro 15:23b; ζῆλον ἔ. have zeal Ro 10:2. Have jealousy Js 3:14. θυμόν Rv 12:12. λύπην (ApcMos 3 p. 2, 16 Tdf.) J 16:21f; 2 Cor 2:3; Phil 2:27; μνείαν τινὸς ἔ. remember someone 1 Th 3:6. παρρησίαν Phlm 8; Hb 10:19; 1J 2:28; 3:21; 4:17; 5:14. πεποίθησιν 2 Cor 3:4; Phil 3:4. πίστιν Mt 17:20; 21:21; Mk 4:40; Ac 14:9; Ro 14:22; 1 Cor 13:2; 1 Ti 1:19 al. (Just., A I, 52, 1). προφητείαν have the gift of prophecy 1 Cor 13:2. σοφίαν (X., Mem. 2, 3, 10) Rv 17:9. συνείδησιν ἁμαρτιῶν Hb 10:2. καλὴν συνείδησιν 13:18; ἀγαθὴν ς. 1 Ti 1:19; 1 Pt 3:16; ἀπρόσκοπον ς. Ac 24:16; ὑπομονήν Rv 2:3. φόβον 1 Ti 5:20. χαράν Phlm 7. χάριν ἔ. τινί be grateful to someone Lk 17:9; 1 Ti 1:12; 2 Ti 1:3; σιγὴν ἔ. be silent Hs 9, 11, 5. ἀνάγκην ἔσχον I felt it necessary Jd 3 (HKoskenniemi, Studien zur Idee und Phraseologie des Griechischen Briefes bis 400 n. Chr. ’56, 78–87).
    γ. of advantages, benefits, or comforts that one enjoys: ἔ. τὰ αἰτήματα to have been granted the requests 1J 5:15; ἀνάπαυσιν ἔ. have rest Rv 4:8; 14:11; ἀπόλαυσιν τινος ἔ. enjoy someth. Hb 11:25. βάθος γῆς Mt 13:5b; Mk 4:5b; γῆν πολλήν Mt 13:5a; Mk 4:5a. τὴν προσέλευσιν τὴν πρὸς τὸν κύριον AcPl Ha 8, 22f; εἰρήνην Ro 5:1. ἐλευθερίαν Gal 2:4. S. ἐξουσία, ἐπαγγελία, ἔπαινος, ζωή, ἰκμάς, καιρός, καρπός, καύχημα, καύχησις, λόγος, μισθός, νοῦς, πνεῦμα, προσαγωγή, πρόφασις, τιμή, χάρις (=favor), χάρισμα.
    δ. of a sense of obligation in regard to someth.—W. dir. object have = have someth. over one, be under someth.: ἀνάγκην ἔχειν be under necessity 1 Cor 7:37a; w. inf. foll. have a need (ἀνάγκη 1) Lk 14:18; 23:16 v.l.; Hb 7:27; χρείαν ἔ. be in need abs. Eph 4:28b; τινός need someth. (Aeschyl. et al.; SIG 333, 20; 421, 35 al.; PPetr III, 42 G 9, 7 [III B.C.] ἐάν τινος χρείαν ἔχῃς; Ath. 13, 2 ποίας ἔτι χρείαν ἑκατόμβης ἔχει;) Mt 6:8; 9:12a; Mk 11:3; Lk 19:31, 34; J 13:29; 1 Cor 12:21; Hb 10:36 al.; w. inf. foll. (TestSol 13:2) Mt 3:14; 14:16; J 13:10; 1 Th 1:8; 4:9; 5:1. νόμον J 19:7. ἐπιταγήν 1 Cor 7:25. ἐντολήν (SIG 559, 9 ἔ. τὰς ἰντολάς; 1 Esdr 4:52; 2 Macc 3:13; Jos., Bell. 1, 261) Hb 7:5; 1J 2:7; 4:21; 2J 5; cp. J 14:21. διακονίαν 2 Cor 4:1. ἀγῶνα Phil 1:30; Col 2:1. πρᾶξιν Ro 12:4b. ἔγκλημα Ac 23:29. κόλασιν ApcPt Bodl. (ApcEsdr 1:22 p. 25, 17 Tdf.).
    ε. of a sense of inevitability in respect to some action.—W. inf. foll. one must (Ps.-Callisth. 2, 1, 3 καθαιρεθῆναι ἔχεις=you must be deposed; Porphyr., Against the Christians 63 Harnack [ABA 1916] παθεῖν; Gen 18:31; Jos., Ant. 19, 348 τοῦ τεθνάναι; TestSol 5:12 σίδηρα ἔχεις φορέσαι; TestAbr A 18 p. 100, 22 [Stone p. 48] τοῦ βίου τοῦτου ἀπαλλάξαι εἶχες; Just., D. 51, 2 ἔργῳ πεισθήναι ὑμῶν ἐχόντων) βάπτισμα ἔχω βαπτισθῆναι I must undergo a baptism Lk 12:50. ἔχω σοί τι εἰπεῖν I have someth. to say to you (Lucian, Philops. 1 ἔχεις μοι εἰπεῖν. Without dat. Aelian, VH 2, 23; Jos., Ant. 16, 312) 7:40. καινόν σοι θέαμα ἔχω ἐξηγήσασθαι I have a wonderful new thing to tell you=‘I must tell you about something wonderful that I’ve just seen’ GJs 19:3. ἀπαγγεῖλαι Ac 23:17, 19; cp. vs. 18. πολλὰ γράφειν 2J 12; 3J 13.
    of temporal circumstances w. indications of time and age: πεντήκοντα ἔτη οὔπω ἔχεις you are not yet fifty years old J 8:57 (cp. Jos., Ant. 1, 198). τριάκοντα κ. ὀκτὼ ἔτη ἔχων ἐν τῇ ἀσθενείᾳ αὐτοῦ who had been sick for 38 years 5:5 (Cyranides p. 63, 25 πολὺν χρόνον ἔχων ἐν τῇ ἀρρωστίᾳ. W. cardinal numeral TestJob 26:1 δέκα ἑπτὰ ἔτη ἔχω ἐν ταῖς πληγαῖς; POxy 1862, 17 τέσσαρες μῆνας ἔχει. Mirac. S. Georgii 44, 7 [JAufhauser 1913] ἔσχεν … ἔτη ἑπτά); cp. Mt 9:20 v.l. τέσσαρας ἡμέρας ἔ. ἐν τῷ μνημείῳ have lain in the grave for four days J 11:17 (Jos., Ant. 7, 1 αὐτοῦ δύο ἡμέρας ἔχοντος ἐν τῇ Σεκέλλᾳ). πολὺν χρόνον ἔ. be (somewhere or in a certain condition) for a long time 5:6. ἡλικίαν ἔχειν be of age (Pla., Euthyd. 32, 306d; Plut., Mor. 547a; BGU 168 τοῖς ἀτελέσι ἔχουσι τὴν ἡλικίαν) 9:21, 23. τέλος ἔχειν have an end, be at an end (Lucian, Charon 17; UPZ 81 III, 20 [II A.D.] τέλος ἔχει πάντα; Ar. 4:2 ἀρχὴν καὶ τέλος) Mk 3:26; Lk 22:37 (on the latter pass. s. τέλος 2); cp. Hb 7:3.
    as connective marker, to have or include in itself, bring about, cause w. acc. (Hom. et al.; Wsd 8:16) of ὑπομονή: ἔργον τέλειον Js 1:4. Of πίστις: ἔργα 2:17. Of φόβος: κόλασιν 1J 4:18. Of παρρησία: μεγάλην μισθαποδοσίαν Hb 10:35. Of πολυτέλεια: λύπην, χαράν Hs 1, 10. ἐσχάτην εὐλογίαν, ἥτις διαδοχὴν οὐκ ἔχει ultimate blessing, which has no successor GJs 6:2.
    special combinations
    w. prep. ἐν: τὸν θεὸν ἔ. ἐν ἐπιγνώσει acknowledge God Ro 1:28 (cp. ἐν ὀργῇ ἔ. τινά=‘be angry at someone’, Thu. 2, 18, 5; 2, 21, 3; ἐν ὀρρωδίᾳ ἔ. τ. 2, 89, 1; ἐν ἡδονῇ ἔ. τ.=‘be glad to see someone’ 3, 9, 1; ἐν εὐνοίᾳ ἔ. Demosth. 18, 167). ἐν ἑτοίμῳ ἔ. 2 Cor 10:6 (ἕτοιμος b). ἐν ἐμοὶ οὐκ ἔχει οὐδέν he has no hold on me J 14:30 (Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 32 §125 ἔχειν τι ἔν τινι=have someth. [hope of safety] in someone). κατά τινος: on 1 Cor 11:4 s. above 4. ἔ. τι κατά τινος have someth. against someone Mt 5:23; Mk 11:25; w. ὅτι foll. Rv 2:14. ἔ. κατά τινος w. sim. mng. Hm 2:2; Hs 9, 23, 2; w. ὅτι foll. Rv 2:4, 20. ἔ. τινὰ κατὰ πρόσωπον meet someone face to face Ac 25:16. μετά: ἔ. τι μετά τινος have someth. w. someone κρίματα lawsuits 1 Cor 6:7. περί: ἔ. περί τινος have (a word, a reference, an explanation) about someth. B 12:1; with adv. τελείως 10:10. πρός τινα have someth. against someone (Ps.-Callisth. 2, 21, 21 ὅσον τις ὑμῶν ἔχει πρὸς ἕτερον) Ac 24:19. ζητήματα ἔ. πρός τινα have differences w. someone (on points in question) 25:19. λόγον ἔ. πρός τινα 19:38. πρᾶγμα (=Lat. causa, ‘lawsuit’: BGU 19 I, 5; 361 II, 4) ἔ. πρός τινα (POxy 743, 19 [2 B.C.] εἰ πρὸς ἄλλους εἶχον πρᾶγμα; BGU 22:8) 1 Cor 6:1. ἵνα ἔχωσιν κατηγορίαν αὐτοῦ J 8:4 D (cp. 5 above). πρός τινα ἔ. μομφήν have a complaint against someone Col 3:13.
    τοῦτο ἔχεις ὅτι you have this (in your favor), that Rv 2:6. ἔ. ὁδόν be situated (a certain distance) away (cp. Peripl. Eryth. 37: Ὡραία ἔχουσα ὁδὸν ἡμερῶν ἑπτὰ ἀπὸ θαλάσσης) of the Mt. of Olives ὅ ἐστιν ἐγγὺς Ἰερουσαλὴμ σαββάτου ἔχον ὁδόν Ac 1:12.—ἴδε ἔχεις τὸ σόν here you have what is yours Mt 25:25. ἔχετε κουστωδίαν there you have a guard (=you can have a guard) 27:65 (cp. POxy 33 III, 4).
    to be in some state or condition, act. intr. (spatially: Ath. 25, 1 οἱ ἄγγελοι … περὶ τόν ἀέρα ἔχοντες καὶ τὴν γῆν) w. adv. (Hom. et al.; ins, pap, LXX).
    impers. it is, the situation is (Himerius, Or. 48 [=Or. 14], 10 πῶς ὑμῖν ἔχειν ταῦτα δοκεῖ; =how does this situation seem to you? Just., D. 3, 5 τὸ … ὡσαύτως ἀεὶ ἔχων) ἄλλως 1 Ti 5:25. οὕτως (Antig. Car. 20; Cebes 4, 1; POxy 294, 11 [22 A.D.] εἰ ταῦτα οὕτως ἔχει; TestSol 20:8; Jos., Ant. 15, 261; Just., D. 3:5 οὐχ οὕτως ἔχει) Ac 7:1; 12:15; 17:11; 24:9. τὸ καλῶς ἔχον what is right 1 Cl 14:2 (Michel 543, 12 [c. 200 B.C.] καλῶς ἔχον ἐστὶ τιμᾶσθαι τοὺς εὔνους ἄνδρας). τὸ νῦν ἔχον for the present Ac 24:25 (cp. Plut., Mor. 749a; Lucian, Anachars. 40, Catapl. 13 τὸ δὲ νῦν ἔχον μὴ διάτριβε; Tob 7:11).
    pers. be (in a certain way) πῶς ἔχουσιν how they are Ac 15:36 (cp. Gen 43:27; Jos., Ant. 4, 112). ἑτοίμως ἔ. be ready, hold oneself in readiness w. inf. foll. (BGU 80, 17 [II A.D.] ἡ Σωτηρία ἑτοίμως ἔχουσα καταγράψαι; Da 3:15 LXX; Jos., Ant. 13, 6; Just., D. 50, 1) 21:13; 2 Cor 12:14; 1 Pt 4:5. Also ἐν ἑτοίμῳ ἔ. 2 Cor 10:6 (s. ἕτοιμος b end). εὖ ἔ. be well-disposed πρός τινα toward someone Hs 9, 10, 7 (cp. Demosth. 9, 63 ἥδιον ἔχειν πρός τινα; SIG 1094, 4 φιλανθρώπως ἔχει πρὸς πάντας). κακῶς ἔ. be sick (Aristoph. et al.; POxy 935, 15; Ezk 34:4) Mt 4:24; 8:16; 9:12b; 17:15 v.l. (see πάσχω 2). καλῶς ἔ. be well, healthy (Epict. 1, 11, 4; PGen 54, 8; PFlor 230, 24) Mk 16:18; ἐσχάτως ἔ. (s. ἐσχάτως) 5:23; κομψότερον ἔ. feel better (κομψῶς ἔ.: Epict. 2, 18, 14; 3, 10, 13; PParis 18; PTebt 414, 10 ἐὰν κομψῶς σχῶ) J 4:52.
    to be closely associated, in a variety of renderings, hold fast, be next to, be next, mid. (Hom. et al.) in NT only ptc.
    of proper situation or placement, esp. of inner belonging hold fast, cling to. The ‘to’ of belonging and the ‘with’ of association are expressed by the gen. (Theognis 1, 32 ἀεὶ τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἔχεο=ever hold fast to the good people; X., Oec. 6, 1; Pla., Leg. 7, 811d; Lucian, Hermot. 69 ἐλπίδος οὐ μικρᾶς ἐχόμενα λέγεις; Sallust. 14 p. 26, 24 τ. θεῶν; Philo, Agr. 101 τὰ ἀρετῆς ἐχόμενα; Jos., Ant. 10, 204 οὐδὲν ἀνθρωπίνης σοφίας ἐχόμενον, C. Ap. 1, 83 παλαιᾶς ἱστορίας ἐχόμενον; Just., A I, 68, 1 λόγου καὶ ἀληθείας ἔχεσθαι; Tat. 33, 1 μανίας ἔχεται πολλῆς; Ath., R. 48, 3 λόγῳ … ἀληθείας ἐχομένῳ) τὰ ἐχόμενα σωτηρίας things that belong to salvation Hb 6:9.
    of proximity
    α. spatial, to be next to someth: ἐχόμενος neighboring (Isocr. 4, 96 νῆσος; Hdt. 1, 134 al. οἱ ἐχόμενοι=‘the neighbors’; Diod S 5, 15, 1; Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 71 §294; Arrian, Peripl. 7, 2; PParis 51, 5 and oft. in pap; 1 Esdr 4:42; Jos., Ant. 6, 6 πρὸς τὰς ἐχομένας πόλεις; 11, 340) κωμοπόλεις Mk 1:38.
    β. temporal, to be next, immediately following (Thu. 6, 3, 2 τ. ἐχομένου ἔτους al.; SIG 800, 15; PRev 34, 20; PAmh 49, 4; PTebt 124, 43; LXX) τῇ ἐχομένῃ (sc. ἡμέρᾳ, as Polyb. 3, 112, 1; 5, 13, 9; 2 Macc 12:39; Jos., Ant. 6, 235; 7, 18 al.; cp. εἰς τὴν ἐχομένην [i.e. ἡμέραν] PMich 173, 16 [III B.C.]) on the next day Lk 13:33 (v.l. ἐρχομένῃ); Ac 20:15; w. ἡμέρᾳ added (PAmh 50, 17) 21:26. τῷ ἐχομένῳ σαββάτῳ 13:44 v.l. (for ἐρχομένῳ; cp. 1 Macc 4:28, where the witnesses are similarly divided).—On the whole word HHanse, ‘Gott Haben’ in d. Antike u. im frühen Christentum ’39.—B. 641; 740. EDNT. M-M. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἔχω

  • 11 controlar

    v.
    1 to control.
    Pedro controla su vida al fin Peter controls his life at last.
    María controla a sus hijos con lástima Mary controls her kids through pity.
    2 to check.
    3 to watch, to keep an eye on.
    4 to take over, to control.
    María controla los negocios Mary takes over business.
    * * *
    1 (gen) to control
    2 (comprobar) to check
    1 (moderarse) to control oneself
    * * *
    verb
    * * *
    1. VT
    1) (=dominar) [+ situación, emoción, balón, vehículo, inflación] to control

    los rebeldes controlan ya todo el país — the rebels now control the whole country, the rebels are now in control of the whole country

    no controlo muy bien ese tema* I'm not very hot on that subject *

    2) (=vigilar)

    contrólame al niño mientras yo estoy fuera* can you keep an eye on the child while I'm out

    controla que no hierva el café* make sure the coffee doesn't boil, see that the coffee doesn't boil

    3) (=regular) to control
    2.
    VI *
    3.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1) ( dominar) <nervios/impulsos/persona> to control
    2) ( vigilar) <inflación/proceso> to monitor

    controlar el peso/la línea — to watch one's weight/one's waistline

    3) ( regular) <presión/inflación> to control
    2.
    controlarse v pron
    1) ( dominarse) to control oneself
    2) ( vigilar) <peso/colesterol> to check, monitor
    * * *
    = control, get + command of, govern, keep + a rein on, keep within + bounds, monitor, regulate, peg, police, master, command, scourge, keep down + Nombre, stem + the tide of, bring under + control, hold in + line, gain + control (over/of), get + a grip on, hold + the reins of, corral, check up on, keep + tabs on, wield + control, hold + sway (over), wiretap [wire-tap], hold + the line, keep + a tight hold on, take + control of, stay on top of, stay in + control, rein in, hold + Nombre + in.
    Ex. These fields control the access to the main record and are all fixed length fields.
    Ex. The great storyteller, FC Sayers, having advised the beginner to 'steep himself in folklore until the elemental themes are part of himself,' explains how best to get command of a tale.
    Ex. It is not sufficient merely to describe the processes that govern the creation and generation of indexing and abstracting data.
    Ex. Cases keep discussion grounded on certain persistent facts that must be faced, and keep a realistic rein on airy flights of academic speculation.
    Ex. Costs can be kept within reasonable bounds if a method appropriate to the specific application is chosen.
    Ex. Ideally it should be possible to include some form of student assessment or to monitor the student's progress.
    Ex. Built into each operator are sets of instructions to the computer which regulate where the term must appear in the printed entries generated from the string, typefaces, and necessary punctuation.
    Ex. After a couple of months, I had his overall behavior pretty well pegged.
    Ex. For many centuries local authorities have been responsible for policing Weights and Measures Acts and regulations and, where a breach of legislation was uncovered, would prosecute in the criminal court.
    Ex. The library director strove to master his frustration.
    Ex. Very few engravers commanded the necessary artistry.
    Ex. The reference librarian must always resist an impulse to be glib; he must scourge and throttle his vanity; he must reach a conclusion rather than begin with it.
    Ex. Activities such as gardening or cookery are dealt with in many books in ways which go far beyond the simple keeping down of weeds or just filling empty stomachs.
    Ex. This article discusses some strategies that are being developed to stem the tide of losses caused worldwide by piracy.
    Ex. But the unions were able to add their weight to the authority of the parliamentary investigators in bringing the worst excesses of unregulated apprenticeship and of working conditions under control = No obstante, los sindicatos pudieron reforzar la autoridad de los investigadores parlamentarios para controlar los peores excesos que se cometían en el aprendizaje de un oficio y las condiciones laborales sin regularizar.
    Ex. The library staff consists of 6 professional librarians and 11 clerical workers, all of whom are held firmly in line by the forceful personality of the director, a retired military colonel.
    Ex. Gradually many of these conquerors came to realize that, although military might was necessary to gain control over an area, sheer force of arms was not sufficient to govern effectively.
    Ex. The article ' Getting a grip on change' argues that only by confronting the challenges and inevitability of change can libraries retain their relevancy in the information age.
    Ex. This trend may also be explained by the hegemony of those who hold the reins of international publication.
    Ex. The article is entitled 'Microfilm retrieval system corrals paper flood for Ameritech publishing'.
    Ex. The physical effort of keeping tabs on people as well as the distasteful practice of checking up on staff output achieves nothing and may do considerable damage.
    Ex. The physical effort of keeping tabs on people as well as the distasteful practice of checking up on staff output achieves nothing and may do considerable damage.
    Ex. Influence and control is currently wielded by sterile professionals who are blind to the need to develop services beyond print.
    Ex. This ideology appealed widely to the librarian as well as the library user and held sway for nearly a quarter of a millennium when, in 1841, a catalytic event in the history of cataloging took place.
    Ex. The implementation of this system would enable law enforcement agencies to wiretap all digital communication.
    Ex. The standpatters argue, and the progressives agree, that the tax line must be held in the interest of attracting industry = Los conservadores proponen y los progresistas están de acuerdo en que se deben contener los impuestos para atraer a la industria.
    Ex. A study of telly-addicts has found that in 45 per cent of homes mums keep a tight hold on the remote control.
    Ex. Five years after they took control of war-ravaged Afghanistan, reconstruction remains a job half done.
    Ex. Adapting to change -- and staying on top of the changes -- is a huge key to success in industry.
    Ex. This section of the book is all about how to stay in control of your personal information.
    Ex. If librarians hope to rein in escalating periodical prices, they must become more assertive consumers.
    Ex. The longer a fart is held in, the larger the proportion of inert nitrogen it contains, because the other gases tend to be absorbed into the bloodstream through the walls of the intestine.
    ----
    * controlar aún más = tighten + Posesivo + grip on.
    * controlar el presupuesto = control + the purse strings.
    * controlar la economía = control + the purse strings.
    * controlar las finanzas = control + the purse strings.
    * controlar la situación = tame + the beast.
    * controlar los gastos = control + costs, contain + costs.
    * controlarlo todo = have + a finger in every pie.
    * controlarse = command + Reflexivo, pace.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1) ( dominar) <nervios/impulsos/persona> to control
    2) ( vigilar) <inflación/proceso> to monitor

    controlar el peso/la línea — to watch one's weight/one's waistline

    3) ( regular) <presión/inflación> to control
    2.
    controlarse v pron
    1) ( dominarse) to control oneself
    2) ( vigilar) <peso/colesterol> to check, monitor
    * * *
    = control, get + command of, govern, keep + a rein on, keep within + bounds, monitor, regulate, peg, police, master, command, scourge, keep down + Nombre, stem + the tide of, bring under + control, hold in + line, gain + control (over/of), get + a grip on, hold + the reins of, corral, check up on, keep + tabs on, wield + control, hold + sway (over), wiretap [wire-tap], hold + the line, keep + a tight hold on, take + control of, stay on top of, stay in + control, rein in, hold + Nombre + in.

    Ex: These fields control the access to the main record and are all fixed length fields.

    Ex: The great storyteller, FC Sayers, having advised the beginner to 'steep himself in folklore until the elemental themes are part of himself,' explains how best to get command of a tale.
    Ex: It is not sufficient merely to describe the processes that govern the creation and generation of indexing and abstracting data.
    Ex: Cases keep discussion grounded on certain persistent facts that must be faced, and keep a realistic rein on airy flights of academic speculation.
    Ex: Costs can be kept within reasonable bounds if a method appropriate to the specific application is chosen.
    Ex: Ideally it should be possible to include some form of student assessment or to monitor the student's progress.
    Ex: Built into each operator are sets of instructions to the computer which regulate where the term must appear in the printed entries generated from the string, typefaces, and necessary punctuation.
    Ex: After a couple of months, I had his overall behavior pretty well pegged.
    Ex: For many centuries local authorities have been responsible for policing Weights and Measures Acts and regulations and, where a breach of legislation was uncovered, would prosecute in the criminal court.
    Ex: The library director strove to master his frustration.
    Ex: Very few engravers commanded the necessary artistry.
    Ex: The reference librarian must always resist an impulse to be glib; he must scourge and throttle his vanity; he must reach a conclusion rather than begin with it.
    Ex: Activities such as gardening or cookery are dealt with in many books in ways which go far beyond the simple keeping down of weeds or just filling empty stomachs.
    Ex: This article discusses some strategies that are being developed to stem the tide of losses caused worldwide by piracy.
    Ex: But the unions were able to add their weight to the authority of the parliamentary investigators in bringing the worst excesses of unregulated apprenticeship and of working conditions under control = No obstante, los sindicatos pudieron reforzar la autoridad de los investigadores parlamentarios para controlar los peores excesos que se cometían en el aprendizaje de un oficio y las condiciones laborales sin regularizar.
    Ex: The library staff consists of 6 professional librarians and 11 clerical workers, all of whom are held firmly in line by the forceful personality of the director, a retired military colonel.
    Ex: Gradually many of these conquerors came to realize that, although military might was necessary to gain control over an area, sheer force of arms was not sufficient to govern effectively.
    Ex: The article ' Getting a grip on change' argues that only by confronting the challenges and inevitability of change can libraries retain their relevancy in the information age.
    Ex: This trend may also be explained by the hegemony of those who hold the reins of international publication.
    Ex: The article is entitled 'Microfilm retrieval system corrals paper flood for Ameritech publishing'.
    Ex: The physical effort of keeping tabs on people as well as the distasteful practice of checking up on staff output achieves nothing and may do considerable damage.
    Ex: The physical effort of keeping tabs on people as well as the distasteful practice of checking up on staff output achieves nothing and may do considerable damage.
    Ex: Influence and control is currently wielded by sterile professionals who are blind to the need to develop services beyond print.
    Ex: This ideology appealed widely to the librarian as well as the library user and held sway for nearly a quarter of a millennium when, in 1841, a catalytic event in the history of cataloging took place.
    Ex: The implementation of this system would enable law enforcement agencies to wiretap all digital communication.
    Ex: The standpatters argue, and the progressives agree, that the tax line must be held in the interest of attracting industry = Los conservadores proponen y los progresistas están de acuerdo en que se deben contener los impuestos para atraer a la industria.
    Ex: A study of telly-addicts has found that in 45 per cent of homes mums keep a tight hold on the remote control.
    Ex: Five years after they took control of war-ravaged Afghanistan, reconstruction remains a job half done.
    Ex: Adapting to change -- and staying on top of the changes -- is a huge key to success in industry.
    Ex: This section of the book is all about how to stay in control of your personal information.
    Ex: If librarians hope to rein in escalating periodical prices, they must become more assertive consumers.
    Ex: The longer a fart is held in, the larger the proportion of inert nitrogen it contains, because the other gases tend to be absorbed into the bloodstream through the walls of the intestine.
    * controlar aún más = tighten + Posesivo + grip on.
    * controlar el presupuesto = control + the purse strings.
    * controlar la economía = control + the purse strings.
    * controlar las finanzas = control + the purse strings.
    * controlar la situación = tame + the beast.
    * controlar los gastos = control + costs, contain + costs.
    * controlarlo todo = have + a finger in every pie.
    * controlarse = command + Reflexivo, pace.

    * * *
    controlar [A1 ]
    vt
    1 ‹nervios/impulsos/emociones› to control; ‹persona/animal› to control
    controlamos la situación we are in control of the situation, we have the situation under control
    el incendio fue rápidamente controlado por los bomberos the firemen quickly got o brought the fire under control
    controlan ahora toda la zona they now control o they are now in control of the whole area
    pasaron a controlar la empresa they took control of the company
    2 ( fam); ‹tema› to know about
    estos temas no los controlo I don't know anything about these things, I'm not too well up on o hot on these things ( colloq)
    B
    (vigilar): tiene que controlar su peso he has to watch o check o ( frml) monitor his weight
    deja de controlar todos mis gastos stop checking up on how much I spend the whole time
    me tienen muy controlada they keep a close watch o they keep tabs on everything I do, they keep me on a very tight rein
    el portero controlaba las entradas y salidas the porter kept a check on everyone who came in or out
    controlé el tiempo que me llevó I timed myself o how long it took me
    C (regular) to control
    este mecanismo controla la presión this mechanism regulates o controls the pressure
    medidas para controlar la inflación measures to control inflation o to bring inflation under control
    D ( Dep) (en doping) to administer a test to
    fue controlado positivo tras su victoria he tested positive after his victory
    lo controlaron negativo he was tested negative
    A (dominarse) to control oneself
    si no se controla acabará alcoholizado if he doesn't get a grip o a hold on himself he's going to become an alcoholic
    B (vigilar) ‹peso/colesterol› to check, watch, monitor ( frml)
    se controla el peso regularmente she checks her weight regularly, she keeps a regular check on her weight
    * * *

     

    Multiple Entries:
    controlar    
    controlar algo
    controlar ( conjugate controlar) verbo transitivo
    1nervios/impulsos/persona to control;
    incendioto bring … under control;

    pasaron a controlar la empresa they took control of the company
    2inflación/proceso to monitor;
    persona to keep a check on;
    controlar el peso/la línea to watch one's weight/one's waistline;

    controlé el tiempo que me llevó I timed how long it took me
    3 ( regular) ‹presión/inflación to control
    controlarse verbo pronominal ( dominarse) to control oneself;
    ( vigilar) ‹peso/colesterol to check, monitor
    controlar verbo transitivo
    1 to control
    2 (comprobar) to check
    ' controlar' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    dominar
    - fraude
    - manejar
    - potingue
    - sujetar
    - contener
    English:
    control
    - grip
    - hold down
    - manage
    - monitor
    - regiment
    - spot-check
    - stamp out
    - check
    - discipline
    - help
    - unruly
    * * *
    vt
    1. [dominar] to control;
    controlar la situación to be in control of the situation;
    la empresa controla el 30 por ciento del mercado the company controls 30 percent of the market;
    los bomberos todavía no han conseguido controlar el incendio firefighters have still not managed to bring the fire under control;
    medidas para controlar los precios measures to control prices
    2. [comprobar, verificar] to check;
    controla el nivel del aceite check the oil level;
    controlan continuamente su tensión arterial they are continuously monitoring his blood pressure
    3. [vigilar] to watch, to keep an eye on;
    la policía controla todos sus movimientos the police watch his every move;
    nos controlan la hora de llegada they keep a check on when we arrive;
    controla que no se cuele nadie see o make sure that no one Br jumps the queue o US cuts in line
    vi
    Fam [saber] to know;
    Rosa controla un montón de química Rosa knows loads about chemistry
    * * *
    v/t
    1 control
    2 ( vigilar) check
    * * *
    1) : to control
    2) : to monitor, to check
    * * *
    1. (dominar) to control [pt. & pp. controlled]
    2. (comprobar) to check

    Spanish-English dictionary > controlar

  • 12 abarcar

    v.
    1 to embrace, to cover.
    2 to be able to see, to have a view of.
    desde la torre se abarca todo el valle you can see the whole valley from the tower
    3 to span, to extend through, to extend over, to extend across.
    El viaje abarca la región sur The trip extends throughout the south.
    4 to comprise, to encompass, to comprehend, to embrace.
    El estudio abarca la era glacial The research comprises the glacial era.
    5 to dominate.
    6 to monopolize.
    EXEX abarcó el mercado textil EXEX monopolized the textile market sector.
    * * *
    Conjugation model [ SACAR], like link=sacar sacar
    1 (englobar) to cover, embrace
    2 (abrazar) to embrace, get one's arms around
    3 (trabajo) to undertake, take on
    \
    quien mucho abarca poco aprieta Jack of all trades, master of none
    * * *
    verb
    * * *
    VT
    1) [con los brazos] to get one's arms round
    2) (=comprender) to include, take in; (=contener) to contain, comprise

    sus conocimientos abarcan todo el campo de... — his knowledge ranges over the whole field of...

    abarca una hectárea — it takes up a hectare, it's a hectare in size

    3) [+ tarea] to undertake, take on
    4) LAm (=acaparar) to monopolize, corner the market in
    5) [con la vista] to take in
    * * *
    verbo transitivo
    a) <temas/materias> to cover; <superficie/territorio> to span, cover; <siglos/generaciones> to span

    el libro abarca desde el siglo XVII hasta nuestros díasthe book covers o spans from the 17th century to the present day

    b) ( dar abasto con) <trabajos/actividades> to cope with
    c) (con los brazos, la mano) to encircle
    * * *
    = comprise (of), cover, encompass, include, span, embrace.
    Ex. The first edition comprised basic classes analysed into facets, using the colon as the notational device for synthesis.
    Ex. The schedules are divided into two parts, one covering music scores and parts and the other concerned with music literature.
    Ex. The classification schemes that have been considered so far are general bibliographic classification schemes in that they attempt to encompass all of knowledge.
    Ex. Document descriptions may be included in catalogues, bibliographies and other listings of documents.
    Ex. The shelflist itself had problems, since it consisted of cataloging practices that spanned some fifty years.
    Ex. The library community is now ready to embrace the most revolutionary technology for libraries -- CD-ROM.
    ----
    * abarcar de... a... = range from... to..., stretch from... to....
    * abarcar el mundo = span + the globe.
    * abarcarlo todo = be all inclusive.
    * abarcar todas las posibilidades = run + the gamut.
    * curso que abarca varias disciplinas = umbrella course.
    * el que mucho abarca poco aprieta = jack of all trades, master of none.
    * intentar abarcar demasiado = burn + the candle at both ends.
    * que abarca = girdling.
    * que lo abarca todo = all-embracing.
    * quien mucho abarca poco aprieta = bite off more than + Pronombre + can chew.
    * sujetar abarcando = brace.
    * tratar de abarcar más de lo que se puede = bite off more than + Pronombre + can chew.
    * * *
    verbo transitivo
    a) <temas/materias> to cover; <superficie/territorio> to span, cover; <siglos/generaciones> to span

    el libro abarca desde el siglo XVII hasta nuestros díasthe book covers o spans from the 17th century to the present day

    b) ( dar abasto con) <trabajos/actividades> to cope with
    c) (con los brazos, la mano) to encircle
    * * *
    = comprise (of), cover, encompass, include, span, embrace.

    Ex: The first edition comprised basic classes analysed into facets, using the colon as the notational device for synthesis.

    Ex: The schedules are divided into two parts, one covering music scores and parts and the other concerned with music literature.
    Ex: The classification schemes that have been considered so far are general bibliographic classification schemes in that they attempt to encompass all of knowledge.
    Ex: Document descriptions may be included in catalogues, bibliographies and other listings of documents.
    Ex: The shelflist itself had problems, since it consisted of cataloging practices that spanned some fifty years.
    Ex: The library community is now ready to embrace the most revolutionary technology for libraries -- CD-ROM.
    * abarcar de... a... = range from... to..., stretch from... to....
    * abarcar el mundo = span + the globe.
    * abarcarlo todo = be all inclusive.
    * abarcar todas las posibilidades = run + the gamut.
    * curso que abarca varias disciplinas = umbrella course.
    * el que mucho abarca poco aprieta = jack of all trades, master of none.
    * intentar abarcar demasiado = burn + the candle at both ends.
    * que abarca = girdling.
    * que lo abarca todo = all-embracing.
    * quien mucho abarca poco aprieta = bite off more than + Pronombre + can chew.
    * sujetar abarcando = brace.
    * tratar de abarcar más de lo que se puede = bite off more than + Pronombre + can chew.

    * * *
    abarcar [A2 ]
    vt
    1 ‹temas/materias› to cover
    el programa abarca desde la Reconquista hasta el siglo XIX the program takes in o covers o spans the period from the Reconquest to the 19th century
    sus tierras abarcan desde el río hasta la sierra his land stretches o extends from the river up to the mountains
    abarcaba todo el territorio que ahora se conoce como Uruguay it extended over o embraced o spanned o included all the territory now known as Uruguay
    2 (dar abasto con) ‹trabajos/actividades› to cope with
    se ha echado encima más de lo que puede abarcar he's bitten off more than he can chew, he's taken on more than he can cope with
    quien mucho abarca poco aprieta don't try to take on too much ( o you've/he's taken on too much etc)
    3 (con los brazos) to embrace, encircle
    no le abarco la muñeca con la mano I can't get my hand around his wrist
    4 (con la mirada) to take in
    * * *

     

    abarcar ( conjugate abarcar) verbo transitivo
    a)temas/materias to cover;

    superficie/territorio span, cover;
    siglos/generaciones to span;

    b) ( dar abasto con) ‹trabajos/actividades to cope with;

    quien mucho abarca poco aprieta you shouldn't bite off more than you can chew

    c) (con los brazos, la mano) to encircle

    abarcar verbo transitivo
    1 to cover
    (asuntos, trabajo) no puedes abarcarlo todo, you can't take on too much
    2 (con los brazos) to embrace
    3 (dominar) su finca es tan grande que no se puede abarcar con la vista, she owns so much land that you can't contemplate it all from one angle
    4 LAm (acaparar) to monopolize
    ' abarcar' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    comprender
    - ir
    - dominar
    English:
    bite
    - candle
    - chew
    - cover
    - embody
    - embrace
    - span
    - take in
    - encompass
    - take
    * * *
    1. [incluir] to cover;
    nuestra hacienda abarca un tercio de la comarca our estate covers a third of the district;
    este artículo intenta abarcar demasiado this article tries to cover too much;
    el libro abarca cinco siglos de historia de Latinoamérica the book covers o spans five centuries of Latin American history;
    quien mucho abarca poco aprieta don't bite off more than you can chew
    2. [ver] to be able to see, to have a view of;
    desde la torre se abarca todo el valle you can see the whole valley from the tower;
    hasta donde abarca la vista as far as the eye can see
    3. [rodear]
    no consigo abarcar el tronco con los brazos I can't get my arms around the tree trunk
    * * *
    v/t
    1 territorio cover; fig
    comprise, cover
    2 L.Am. ( acaparar) hoard, stockpile
    3
    :
    * * *
    abarcar {72} vt
    1) : to cover, to include, to embrace
    2) : to undertake
    3) : to monopolize
    * * *
    1. (contener, incluir) to cover / to include
    2. (alcanzar con la vista) to see [pt. saw; pp. seen]
    3. (ocuparse de) to take on [pt. took; pp. taken]

    Spanish-English dictionary > abarcar

  • 13 Historical Portugal

       Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.
       A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.
       Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140
       The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."
       In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.
       The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.
       Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385
       Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims in
       Portugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.
       The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.
       Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580
       The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.
       The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.
       What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.
       By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.
       Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.
       The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.
       By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.
       In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.
       Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640
       Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.
       Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.
       On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.
       Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822
       Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.
       Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.
       In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and the
       Church (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.
       Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.
       Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.
       Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910
       During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.
       Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.
       Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.
       Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.
       Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.
       As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.
       First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26
       Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.
       The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.
       Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.
       The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74
       During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."
       Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.
       For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),
       and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.
       The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.
       With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.
       During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.
       The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.
       At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.
       The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.
       Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76
       Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.
       Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.
       In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.
       In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.
       In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.
       The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict until
       UN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.
       Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000
       After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.
       From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.
       Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.
       Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.
       In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.
       In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.
       Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.
       Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.
       The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.
       Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.
       Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).
       All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.
       The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.
       After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.
       Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.
       Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.
       From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.
       Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.
       In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.
       An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU.

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > Historical Portugal

  • 14 control device

    1. фонтанная задвижка
    2. устройство цепи управления
    3. устройство управления
    4. устройство контроля
    5. устройство для регулирования дебета
    6. управляющее устройство (электропривода)
    7. управляющее устройство
    8. орган управления
    9. контрольное устройство
    10. контрольно-измерительное оборудование
    11. аппарат управления

     

    аппарат управления
    Контактный коммутационный аппарат для управления аппаратурой распределения или управления, в том числе для сигнализации, электрической блокировки и т. п.
    Примечание. Аппарат управления состоит из одного или нескольких контактных элементов с общей системой управления.
    МЭК 60050(441-14-46).
    [ ГОСТ Р 50030. 1-2000 ( МЭК 60947-1-99)]

    EN

    control switch (for control and auxiliary circuits)
    a mechanical switching device which serves the purpose of controlling the operation of switchgear or controlgear, including signalling, electrical interlocking, etc
    NOTE – A control switch consists of one or more contact elements with a common actuating system.
    [IEV number 441-14-46]

    FR

    auxiliaire de commande (pour circuits auxiliaires de commande)
    appareil mécanique de connexion dont la fonction est de commander la manoeuvre d'un appareillage, y compris la signalisation, le verrouillage électrique, etc
    NOTE – Un auxiliaire de commande comporte un ou plusieurs éléments de contact et un mécanisme transmetteur commun.
    [IEV number 441-14-46]

    Тематики

    • аппарат, изделие, устройство...

    Синонимы

    EN

    DE

    FR

     

    контрольно-измерительное оборудование

    [А.С.Гольдберг. Англо-русский энергетический словарь. 2006 г.]

    Тематики

    EN

     

    орган управления
    Часть системы аппарата управления, к которой прилагается извне усилие управления.
    МЭК 60050(441-15-22).
    Примечание. Орган управления может иметь форму рукоятки, ручки, нажимной кнопки, ролика, плунжера и т. п.
    [ ГОСТ Р 50030. 1-2000 ( МЭК 60947-1-99)]

    орган управления

    Часть приводного механизма, к которой прикладывается внешняя сила воздействия.
    Примечание - Орган управления может иметь форму ручки, кнопки, ролика, поршня и т.д.
    [ ГОСТ Р 52726-2007]

    орган управления
    Часть системы привода, подвергаемая внешнему силовому воздействию.
    Примечания
    1. Орган управления может иметь форму ручки, рукоятки, нажимной кнопки, ролика, плунжера и т.д.
    2. Есть несколько способов приведения в действие, которые не требуют внешнего силового воздействия, а только какого-либо действия.
    [ГОСТ ЕН 1070-2003]

    орган управления
    Часть системы управления, которая предназначена непосредственно для воздействия оператором, например путем нажатия.
    [ГОСТ Р ЕН 614-1-2003]

    орган управления

    Часть системы приведения в действие, которая принимает воздействие человека.
    [ ГОСТ Р МЭК 60447-2000]

    орган управления
    Часть системы приведения в действие, которая воспринимает воздействие человека (ГОСТ Р МЭК 60447).
    Примечание
    В настоящем стандарте орган управления в виде интерактивного экранного устройства отображения является частью этого устройства, которое представляет функцию органа управления.
    [ ГОСТ Р МЭК 60073-2000]

    орган управления
    Часть механизма прибора управления, на который оказывается вручную внешнее силовое воздействие.
    Примечание.
    Орган управления может иметь форму ручки, рукоятки, кнопки, ролика, плунжера и т.д.
    Некоторые органы управления не требуют воздействия внешней силы, а только какого-либо действия.
    [ ГОСТ Р МЭК 60204-1-2007]

    органы управления
    Ручки, переключатели, потенциометры и другие органы, служащие для включения и регулировки аппаратуры. Термин относится преимущественно к аналоговым приборам.
    [Система неразрушающего контроля. Виды (методы) и технология неразрушающего контроля. Термины и определения (справочное пособие). Москва 2003 г.]

    орган управления
    -
    [IEV number 442-04-14]

    средства оперирования
    -

    [Интент]

    EN

    actuator
    the part of the actuating system to which an external actuating force is applied
    NOTE – The actuator may take the form of a handle, knob, push-button, roller, plunger, etc.
    [IEV number 441-15-22]

    actuator
    part of a device to which an external manual action is to be applied
    NOTE 1 The actuator may take the form of a handle, knob, push-button, roller, plunger, etc.
    NOTE 2 There are some actuating means that do not require an external actuating force, but only an action.
    NOTE 3 See also 3.34.
    [IEC 60204-1 -2005]

    actuating member
    a part which is pulled, pushed, turned or otherwise moved to cause an operation of the switch
    [IEV number 442-04-14]

    FR

    organe de commande
    partie du mécanisme transmetteur à laquelle un effort extérieur de manoeuvre est appliqué
    NOTE – L'organe de commande peut prendre la forme d'une poignée, d'un bouton, d'un bouton-poussoir, d'une roulette, d'un plongeur, etc.
    [IEV number 441-15-22]

    organe de manoeuvre
    partie qui est tirée, poussée, tournée ou manipulée de toute autre façon pour provoquer le fonctionnement de l'interrupteur
    [IEV number 442-04-14]


    Аппарат должен оставаться механически действующим. Не допускается сваривание контактов, препятствующее операции размыкания при использовании нормальных средств оперирования.
    [ГОСТ  Р 50030.3-99 (МЭК  60947-3-99) ]

    ВДТ следует оперировать как при нормальной эксплуатации. Операции размыкания должны проводиться в следующем порядке:
    для первых 1000 циклов — с использованием ручных средств оперирования;
    ...
    [ ГОСТ Р 51326. 1-99 ( МЭК 61008-1-96)]

    Параллельные тексты EN-RU

    The operating means (for example, a handle) of the supply disconnecting device shall be easily accessible and located between 0,6 m and 1,9 m above the servicing level.
    [IEC 60204-1-2006]

    Органы управления, например, рукоятки аппаратов отключения питания, должны быть легко доступны и располагаться на высоте от 0,6 до 1,9 м от рабочей площадки.
    [Перевод Интент]

    Where the external operating means is not intended for emergency operations, it is recommended that it be coloured BLACK or GREY.
    [IEC 60204-1-2006]

    Если внешние средства оперирования не предназначены для выполнения действий при возникновении аварийных ситуаций, то рекомендуется, применять такие средства ЧЕРНОГО или СЕРОГО цвета.
    [Перевод Интент]

     

    1.2.2. Control devices

    Control devices must be:
    — clearly visible and identifiable and appropriately marked where necessary,
    — positioned for safe operation without hesitation or loss of time, and without ambiguity,
    — designed so that the movement of the control is consistent with its effect,
    — located outside the danger zones, except for certain controls where necessary, such as emergency stop, console for training of robots,
    — positioned so that their operation cannot cause additional risk,
    — designed or protected so that the desired effect, where a risk is involved, cannot occur without an intentional operation,
    — made so as to withstand foreseeable strain; particular attention must be paid to emergency stop devices liable to be subjected to considerable strain.

    1.2.2. Органы управления

    Органы управления должны быть:
    - четко видны, хорошо различимы и, где это необходимо, иметь соответствующее обозначение;
    - расположены так, чтобы ими можно было пользоваться без возникновения сомнений и потерь времени на выяснение их назначения;
    - сконструированы так, чтобы перемещение органа управления согласовывалось с их воздействием;
    - расположены вне опасных зон; исключение, где это необходимо, делается для определенных средств управления, таких, как средство экстренной остановки, пульт управления роботом;
    - расположены так, чтобы их использование не вызывало дополнительных рисков;
    - сконструированы или защищены так, чтобы в случаях, где возможно возникновение рисков, они не могли бы возникнуть без выполнения намеренных действий;
    - сделаны так, чтобы выдерживать предполагаемую нагрузку; при этом особое внимание уделяется органам аварийного останова, которые могут подвергаться значительным нагрузкам.

    Where a control is designed and constructed to perform several different actions, namely where there is no one-to-one correspondence (e.g. keyboards, etc.), the action to be performed must be clearly displayed and subject to confirmation where necessary.

    Если орган управления предназначен для выполнения разных действий, например, если в качестве органа управления используется клавиатура или аналогичное устройство, то должна выводиться четкая информация о предстоящем действии, и, если необходимо, должно выполняться подтверждение на выполнение такого действия.

    Controls must be so arranged that their layout, travel and resistance to operation are compatible with the action to be performed, taking account of ergonomic principles.

    Органы управления должны быть организованы таким образом, чтобы их расположение, перемещение их элементов и усилие, которое оператор затрачивает на их перемещение, соответствовали выполняемым операциям и принципам эргономики.

    Constraints due to the necessary or foreseeable use of personal protection equipment (such as footwear, gloves, etc.) must be taken into account.

    Необходимо учитывать скованность движений операторов при использовании необходимых или предусмотренных средств индивидуальной защиты (таких, как специальная обувь, перчатки и др.).

    Machinery must be fitted with indicators (dials, signals, etc.) as required for safe operation. The operator must be able to read them from the control position.

    Для обеспечения безопасной эксплуатации машинное оборудование должно быть оснащено индикаторами (циферблатами, устройствами сигнализации и т. д.). Оператор должен иметь возможность считывать их с места управления.

    From the main control position the operator must be able to ensure that there are no exposed persons in the danger zones.

    Находясь в главном пункте управления, оператор должен иметь возможность контролировать отсутствие незащищенных лиц.

    If this is impossible, the control system must be designed and constructed so that an acoustic and/ or visual warning signal is given whenever the machinery is about to start.

    Если это невозможно, то система управления должна быть разработана и изготовлена так, чтобы перед каждым пуском машинного оборудования подавался звуковой и/или световой предупредительный сигнал.

    The exposed person must have the time and the means to take rapid action to prevent the machinery starting up.

    [DIRECTIVE 98/37/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL]

    Незащищенное лицо должно иметь достаточно времени и средств для быстрого предотвращения пуска машинного оборудования.

    [Перевод Интент]

    Тематики

    Синонимы

    EN

    DE

    FR

     

    управляющее устройство
    Устройство, включенное в цепь управления и используемое для управления работой машины (например, датчик положения, ручной контрольный переключатель, реле, электромагнитный клапан).
    [ГОСТ ЕН 1070-2003]

    EN

    DE

    FR

     

    управляющее устройство (электропривода)
    Устройство, предназначенное для формирования управляющих воздействий в электроприводе.
    [ ГОСТ Р 50369-92]

    Тематики

    EN

    DE

     

    устройство контроля
    контрольный прибор
    средство контроля


    [Л.Г.Суменко. Англо-русский словарь по информационным технологиям. М.: ГП ЦНИИС, 2003.]

    Тематики

    Синонимы

    EN

     

    прибор устройство цепи управления
    Прибор Устройство, включенныйое в цепь управления и используемыйое для управления работой машины (например, датчик положения, ручной выключатель управления, реле, контактор, электромагнитный клапан).
    [ ГОСТ Р МЭК 60204-1-2007]

    EN

    control device
    device connected into the control circuit and used for controlling the operation of the machine (for example position sensor, manual control switch, relay, contactor, magnetically operated valve)
    [IEC 60204-1, ed. 5.0 (2005-10)]
    [IEC 60204-1-2006]

    FR

    appareil de commande
    appareil raccordé au circuit de commande et servant à commander le fonctionnement de la machine (par exemple un capteur de position, un auxiliaire manuel de commande, un relais, un contacteur, un électrodistributeur)
    [IEC 60204-1, ed. 5.0 (2005-10)]

    Номинальный ток коммутационной аппаратуры выбирают с учетом мощностей, потребляемых  всеми  устройствами  цепи  управления.
    [ ГОСТ Р ИСО 8528-4—2005]

    Одно устройство для цепи управления может иметь несколько групп механически связанных контактных элементов.
    [ ГОСТ Р 50030.5.1-2005 (МЭК 60947-5-1:2003)]

    Электромеханические устройства цепей управления
    [МЭК 60947-5-1:2003]

    При питании от понижающего трансформатора через выпрямительное устройство цепей управления постоянного тока, имеющих выключатели безопасности, один из полюсов этого устройства на стороне выпрямленного напряжения должен быть заземлен.
    [Правила устройства и безопасной эксплуатации лифтов ]

     

    Недопустимые, нерекомендуемые

    Примечание(1)- Мнение автора карточки

    Тематики

    EN

    FR

    устройство управления (control device): Средство, с помощью которого пользователь управляет креслом-коляской с электроприводом, чтобы двигаться с выбранной скоростью в выбранном направлении.

    Источник: ГОСТ Р ИСО 7176-22-2004: Кресла-коляски. Часть 22. Правила установки оригинал документа

    3.1.14 контрольное устройство (control device): Устройство, показывающее нормальную работу объекта или необходимость приведения его в действие.


    Источник: ГОСТ Р ИСО 12509-2010: Машины землеройные. Осветительные, сигнальные и габаритные огни и светоотражатели оригинал документа

    Англо-русский словарь нормативно-технической терминологии > control device

  • 15 saber

    m.
    knowledge.
    El saber es un tesoro Knowledge is priceless.
    v.
    1 to know.
    ya lo sé I know
    de haberlo sabido (antes) o si lo llego a saber, me quedo en casa if I'd known, I'd have stayed at home
    hacer saber algo a alguien to inform somebody of something, to tell somebody something
    para que lo sepas, somos amigos we're friends, for your information
    Ellos saben de eso They know about that.
    Ellos saben la información They know the information.
    2 to learn, to find out (enterarse de).
    lo supe ayer I found out yesterday
    ¿sabes algo de Juan?, ¿qué sabes de Juan? have you had any news from o heard from Juan?
    3 to know about (entender de).
    sabe mucha física he knows a lot about physics
    4 to taste.
    saber bien/mal to taste good/bad
    saber a cuernos o rayos (informal figurative) to taste disgusting o revolting
    le supo mal (figurative) it upset o annoyed him (le enfadó)
    Esto sabe bien This tastes good.
    5 to know how to, to know, to know to.
    Ellos saben pintar They know how to paint.
    * * *
    Present Indicative
    sé, sabes, sabe, sabemos, sabéis, saben.
    Past Indicative
    Future Indicative
    Conditional
    Present Subjunctive
    Imperfect Subjunctive
    Future Subjunctive
    Imperative
    sabe (tú), sepa (él/Vd.), sepamos (nos.), sabed (vos.), sepan (ellos/Vds.).
    * * *
    1. verb
    2) can
    - saber a 2. noun m.
    * * *
    1. VT
    1) (=tener conocimiento de)
    a) [+ dato, información] to know

    sin saberlo yo — without my knowledge, without me knowing

    hacer saber algo a algn — to inform sb of sth, let sb know about sth

    quiero hacerle saber que... — I would like to inform o advise you that...

    el motivo de esta carta es hacerle saber que... — I am writing to inform o advise you that...

    b) [locuciones]

    a saber — namely

    dos planetas, a saber, Venus y la Tierra — two planets, namely Venus and Earth

    ¡ anda a saber! — LAm God knows!

    demasiado bien sé que... — I know only too well that...

    ¡no lo sabes bien! — * not half! *

    cualquiera sabe si... — it's anybody's guess whether...

    ¡de haberlo sabido! — if only I'd known!

    lo dudo, pero nunca se sabe — I doubt it, but you never know

    para que lo sepas — let me tell you, for your information

    que yo sepa — as far as I know

    un no sé quéa certain something

    ¡ quién sabe! — who knows!

    ¿quién sabe? — who knows?, who can tell?, who's to say?

    ¡si lo sabré yo! — I should know!

    sabrás (lo que haces) — I suppose you know (what you're doing)

    ¿tú qué sabes? — what do you know about it?

    ¡ vete a saber! — God knows!

    ¡vete a saber de dónde ha venido! — goodness only knows where he came from!

    ya lo sabía yo — I thought as much

    ¡yo qué sé!, ¡qué sé yo! — how should I know!, search me! *

    Briján
    2) (=enterarse de) to find out

    en cuanto lo supimos fuimos a ayudarle — as soon as we found out, we went to help him

    cuando lo supewhen I heard o found out about it

    3) (=tener noticias) to hear
    4) (=tener destreza en)

    ¿sabes ruso? — do you speak Russian?, can you speak Russian?

    no sé nada de cocina — I don't know anything about cookery, I know nothing about cookery

    saber hacer algo, sabe cuidar de sí mismo — he can take care of himself, he knows how to take care of himself

    ¿sabes nadar? — can you swim?

    ¿sabes ir? — do you know the way?

    5) LAm

    no sabe venir por aquí — he doesn't usually come this way, he's not in the habit of coming along here

    2. VI
    1) (=tener conocimiento)

    saber de algo — to know of sth

    hace mucho que no sabemos de ella — it's quite a while since we heard from her, we haven't had any news from her for quite a while

    2) (=estar enterado) to know

    costó muy caro, ¿sabe usted? — it was very expensive, you know

    un 5% no sabe, no contesta — there were 5% "don't knows"

    3) (=tener sabor) to taste

    saber ato taste of

    saberle mal a algn —

    me supo muy mal lo que hicieron — I didn't like what they did, I wasn't pleased o didn't feel good about what they did

    no me sabe mal que un amigo me gaste bromas — I don't mind a friend playing jokes on me, it doesn't bother me having a friend play jokes on me

    3.
    See:
    SABER Por regla general, si saber va seguido de un infinitivo, se traduce por can cuando indica una habilidad permanente y por know how cuando se trata de la capacidad de resolver un problema concreto. La construcción correspondiente habrá de ser can + ((INFINITIVO)) {sin} to {o} know how + ((INFINITIVO)) {con} to: Jaime sabe tocar el piano Jaime can play the piano ¿Sabes cambiar una rueda? Do you know how to change a wheel? Hay que tener en cuenta que know (sin how) nunca puede ir seguido directamente de un infinitivo en inglés. Para otros usos y ejemplos ver la entrada
    * * *
    I
    masculino knowledge
    II 1.
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) <nombre/dirección/canción> to know

    así que or conque ya lo sabes — so now you know

    para que lo sepas, yo no miento — (fam) for your information, I don't tell lies

    cállate ¿tú qué sabes? — shut up! what do you know about it?

    yo qué sé dónde está! — how (on earth) should I know where he/it is! (colloq)

    no se sabe si... — they don't know if...

    ¿a que no sabes qué? — (fam) you'll never guess what

    hacerle saber algo a alguien — (frml) to inform somebody of something

    b) ( darse cuenta de) to know

    saber + inf — to know how to + inf

    ¿sabes nadar/escribir a máquina? — can you swim/type?, do you know how to swim/type?

    sabe defenderseshe knows how to o she can look after herself

    3) ( enterarse) to find out

    si es así, pronto se va a saber — if that's the case, we'll know o find out soon enough

    cómo iba yo a saber que...! — how was I to know that...!

    ¿se puede saber por qué? — may I ask why?

    ¿y tú dónde estabas, si se puede saber? — and where were you, I'd like to know?

    4)

    a saber — (frml) namely

    2.
    saber vi
    1)
    a) ( tener conocimiento) to know

    vete tú/vaya usted a saber — but who knows

    ¿quién sabe? — who knows?

    saber de algo/alguien — to know of something/somebody

    b) (tener noticias, enterarse)

    saber de alguien/algo: no sé nada de ella desde hace más de un mes I haven't heard from her for over a month; yo supe del accidente por la radio I heard about the accident on the radio; no quiero saber de él — I want nothing to do with him

    2)
    a) ( tener sabor) (+ compl) to taste

    sabe dulce/bien/amargo — it tastes sweet/nice/bitter

    saberle mal/bien a alguien: no le supo nada bien que ella bailara con otro he wasn't at all pleased that she danced with someone else; me sabe mal tener que decírselo — I don't like having to tell him

    3.
    saberse v pron (enf) <lección/poema> to know
    * * *
    I
    masculino knowledge
    II 1.
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) <nombre/dirección/canción> to know

    así que or conque ya lo sabes — so now you know

    para que lo sepas, yo no miento — (fam) for your information, I don't tell lies

    cállate ¿tú qué sabes? — shut up! what do you know about it?

    yo qué sé dónde está! — how (on earth) should I know where he/it is! (colloq)

    no se sabe si... — they don't know if...

    ¿a que no sabes qué? — (fam) you'll never guess what

    hacerle saber algo a alguien — (frml) to inform somebody of something

    b) ( darse cuenta de) to know

    saber + inf — to know how to + inf

    ¿sabes nadar/escribir a máquina? — can you swim/type?, do you know how to swim/type?

    sabe defenderseshe knows how to o she can look after herself

    3) ( enterarse) to find out

    si es así, pronto se va a saber — if that's the case, we'll know o find out soon enough

    cómo iba yo a saber que...! — how was I to know that...!

    ¿se puede saber por qué? — may I ask why?

    ¿y tú dónde estabas, si se puede saber? — and where were you, I'd like to know?

    4)

    a saber — (frml) namely

    2.
    saber vi
    1)
    a) ( tener conocimiento) to know

    vete tú/vaya usted a saber — but who knows

    ¿quién sabe? — who knows?

    saber de algo/alguien — to know of something/somebody

    b) (tener noticias, enterarse)

    saber de alguien/algo: no sé nada de ella desde hace más de un mes I haven't heard from her for over a month; yo supe del accidente por la radio I heard about the accident on the radio; no quiero saber de él — I want nothing to do with him

    2)
    a) ( tener sabor) (+ compl) to taste

    sabe dulce/bien/amargo — it tastes sweet/nice/bitter

    saberle mal/bien a alguien: no le supo nada bien que ella bailara con otro he wasn't at all pleased that she danced with someone else; me sabe mal tener que decírselo — I don't like having to tell him

    3.
    saberse v pron (enf) <lección/poema> to know
    * * *
    saber1

    Ex: It is the responsibility of educators to stretch their student's intellects, hone their skills of intuitive judgment and synthesis, and build a love of learning that will sustain them beyond the level of formal education.

    * ansia de saber = thirst for knowledge.
    * a + Posesivo + saber = to the best of + Posesivo + knowledge.
    * a + Posesivo + saber y entender = to the best of + Posesivo + knowledge and belief.
    * cúmulo de saber = knowledge repository, repository of knowledge.
    * hasta donde + Pronombre + saber = to the best of + Posesivo + knowledge.
    * institución del saber = institution of learning.
    * no querer saber más nada de = drop + Nombre + like a hot potato.
    * por el bien del saber = for knowledge's sake.
    * por el mero hecho de saber = for knowledge's sake.
    * rama del saber = branch of learning.
    * saber escuchar = listening capacity.

    saber2
    2 = know, learn, find out.

    Ex: However, in general, it is unreasonable to expect a user to know the ISBN of a book.

    Ex: 'I'd be disappointed to learn that my boss or subordinates -- or peers for that matter -- told tales out of school about me to others'.
    Ex: For example, a person can consult the system holdings files to find out whether a library in the network owns a copy of the document.
    * a saber = namely, viz, to wit.
    * capacidad de saber leer y escribir = literacy skills.
    * curioso por saber = interrogator.
    * de quién sabe dónde = out of the woodwork.
    * hacer saber = let + Nombre + know, let + it be known.
    * hacer saber la intención de uno = announce + intention.
    * nada sabe mejor que sentirse delgado = nothing tastes as good as thin feels.
    * no querer saber más nada de = drop + Nombre + like a hot brick.
    * no querer saber nada de = want + nothing to do with.
    * no saber cómo explicarlo = be at a loss to explain it.
    * no saber cómo seguir = be stuck, get + stuck.
    * no saber de = have + no understanding of.
    * no saber dónde meterse de vergüenza = squirm with + embarrassment.
    * no saber expresarse bien = inarticulateness.
    * no saber más por ello = be none the wiser.
    * no saber qué contestar = stump.
    * no saber qué decir = be at a loss for words, be lost for words.
    * no saber qué hacer = be at a loss, get out of + Posesivo + depth, be on the horns of a dilemma, be at a nonplus.
    * no saber qué hacer a continuación = draw + a blank, be stuck, get + stuck.
    * no saber qué hacer con = be at sixes and sevens with.
    * no saber qué más hacer = be at + Posesivo + wit's end.
    * no saberse cuándo = there + be + no telling when.
    * no se sabe todavía = the jury is still out (on).
    * nunca se sabe... = one never knows....
    * persona que sabe contar anécdotas = raconteur.
    * por lo que yo sé = to the best of my knowledge.
    * quedar mucho por saber = there + be + a great deal yet to be learned, there + be + still a great deal to be learned.
    * que sabe lo que = who knows what.
    * ¿quién sabe? = who knows?.
    * quién sabe lo que = who knows what.
    * quién sabe qué = who knows what.
    * saber a ciencia cierta = know for + certain, know for + sure, know for + a fact.
    * saber a ciencia cierta que = know + for a fact that.
    * saber argumentar Algo convincentemente = make + a business case.
    * saber buscar con inteligencia = be search-savvy.
    * saber con certeza = know for + certain, know for + sure, know for + a fact.
    * saber contestar muy bien = be not at a loss for words.
    * saber cúal es la verdad = discern + the truth.
    * saber de algún modo = know + on some grounds.
    * saber de buena boca = have + it on good word.
    * saber de buena tinta = have + it on good word.
    * saber defenderse = hold + Posesivo + own.
    * saber de lo que Uno estar hablando = know + Posesivo + stuff.
    * saber de seguro = know for + certain, know for + sure, know for + a fact.
    * saber escuchar = listening skills.
    * saber hacer = savoir faire.
    * saber hacer cuentas = be numerate.
    * saber interiormente = know + underneath.
    * saber leer y escribir = be literate.
    * saberlo todo = be omniscient.
    * saberse Algo al dedillo = know + Nombre + inside-out, learn + Nombre + inside-out.
    * saber un poco de todo y mucho de nada = jack of all trades, master of none.
    * sabiendo diferenciar entre lo que vale y lo que no = discriminatingly.
    * sabiendo que = on the understanding that.
    * salir de quién sabe dónde = come out of + the woodwork.
    * ser una incógnita = be anyone's guess.
    * sin saberlo = unbeknown to, unbeknownst to.
    * sin saber qué decir = nonplussed [nonplused].
    * un no sé qué = a je ne sais quoi.
    * y Dios sabe qué más = and Heaven knows what else.

    saber3
    3 = taste.

    Ex: Professional skills are enhanced by the opportunity which IFLA provides to taste the cultures of other countries in a very accessible (dare I say privileged?) way.

    * saber a = reek of.

    * * *
    knowledge
    un compendio del saber humano a compendium of human knowledge
    una persona de gran saber a person of great learning
    el saber no ocupa lugar one can never know too much
    saber2 [ E25 ]
    vt
    A
    1 ‹nombre/dirección/chiste/canción› to know
    (ya) lo sé, pero aun así … I know, but even so …
    quizás sea así, no lo sé that might be the case, I don't know
    así que or conque ya lo sabes so now you know
    ¡no le habrás dicho nada de aquello que tú sabes! you didn't tell him anything about you know what, did you?
    no sabía que tenía or tuviera hijos I didn't know he had (any) children
    ¿sabes lo que me dijo? do you know what he said to me?
    ¿sabes lo que te digo? ¡que me tienes harta! you know something? I'm fed up with you!
    para que lo sepas, yo no miento ( fam); for your information, I don't tell lies
    es tan latoso … — ¡si lo sabré yo! he's such a nuisance — don't I know it!
    cállate ¿tú qué sabes? shut up! what do you know about it?
    ¡yo qué sé dónde está tu diccionario! how (on earth) should I know where your dictionary is! ( colloq)
    no se sabe si se salvará they don't know if he'll pull through
    no sabía dónde meterme I didn't know where to put myself
    no supe qué decir I didn't know what to say
    mira, no sé qué decirte look, I really don't know what to say
    no lo saben a ciencia cierta they don't know for certain
    ¿a que no sabes a quién vi? ( fam); I bet you don't know who I saw ( colloq), you'll never guess who I saw
    quién or cualquiera sabe dónde estará goodness only knows where it is
    un tal Ricardo no sé cuántos ( fam); Ricardo something-or-other ( colloq)
    le salió con no sé qué historias ( fam); he came out with some story or other
    tiene un no sé qué que la hace muy atractiva she has a certain something that makes her very attractive
    ese hombre tiene un no sé qué que me cae mal there's something about that man I don't like
    me da no sé qué tener que decirte esto I feel very awkward about having to say this to you
    ya no viven allí, que yo sepa as far as I know, they don't live there anymore
    ¿tiene antecedentes? — que yo sepa no does she have any previous convictions? — not that I know of
    —¿quién es ése? —quiso saber who's that? he wanted to know
    sé muy poco de ese tema I know very little about the subject
    sabe mucho sobre la segunda guerra mundial he knows a lot about the Second World War
    2
    hacerle saber algo a algn ( frml): nos hizo saber su decisión he informed us of his decision
    por la presente deseo hacerle saber que … ( Corresp) I am pleased to advise you o to be able to inform you that …
    la directiva hace saber a los señores socios que … the board wishes to inform members o advises members that …
    3 (darse cuenta) to know
    ¡tú no sabes lo que es esto! you can't imagine what it's like!
    está furiosa, no sabes lo que te espera she's furious, you don't know what you're in for
    perdónalos Señor, porque no saben lo que hacen ( Bib) forgive them, Lord, for they know not what they do
    B (ser capaz de) saber + INF:
    ¿sabes nadar/cocinar/escribir a máquina? can you swim/cook/type?
    ya sabe leer y escribir she can already read and write
    sabe escuchar she's a good listener
    no saben perder they're bad losers
    no sabe tratar con la gente he doesn't know how to deal with people
    no te preocupes, ella sabe defenderse don't worry, she knows how to o she can look after herself
    este niño no sabe estarse quieto this child is incapable of keeping still o just can't keep still
    C
    a saber ( frml); namely
    lo forman cuatro países, a saber: Suecia, Noruega, Dinamarca y Finlandia it is made up of four countries, namely Sweden, Norway, Denmark and Finland
    D (enterarse) to find out
    no lo supimos hasta ayer we didn't find out until yesterday
    lo supe por mi hermana I found out about it through my sister, I heard about it o ( frml) learned of it through my sister
    si es así, pronto se va a saber if that's the case, we'll know soon enough
    ¡si yo lo hubiera sabido antes! if I had only known before!
    ¿que qué me dijo de ti? ¡no quieras saberlo! what did she say about you? don't ask! o you wouldn't want to know!
    ¿se puede saber qué estabas haciendo allí? would you mind telling me what you were doing there?
    ¿y tú dónde estabas, si se puede saber? and where were you, I'd like to know?
    ■ saber
    vi
    A
    1 to know
    ¿crees que vendrá? — supongo que sí, aunque con ella nunca se sabe do you think she'll come? — I suppose so, although you never know o you can never tell with her
    dice que ella se lo dio, vete tú/vaya usted a saber he says she gave it to him, but who knows
    no puede ser verdad — ¿quién sabe? a lo mejor sí it can't be true — who knows, it could be
    parece incapaz de eso, pero nunca se sabe or cualquiera sabe he doesn't seem capable of such a thing, but you never know
    él que sabe, sabe ( fr hecha); it's easy when you know how
    2 saber DE algo/algn to know (of) sth/sb
    yo sé de un sitio donde te lo pueden arreglar I know (of) a place where you can get it fixed
    ¿sabes de alguien que haya estado allí? do you know (of) anyone who's been there?
    3 (tener noticias) saber DE algn:
    no sé nada de ella desde hace más de un mes I haven't heard from her for over a month
    no quiero saber nada más de él I want nothing more to do with him
    B (enterarse) saber DE algo:
    yo supe del accidente por la radio I heard about the accident on the radio
    si llegas a saber de una cámara barata, avísame if you hear of a cheap camera, let me know
    A (tener sabor) (+ compl) to taste
    sabe muy dulce/bien/amargo it tastes very sweet/nice/bitter
    saber A algo to taste OF sth
    sabe a ajo/almendra it tastes of garlic/almonds, it has a garlicky/almondy taste
    esta sopa no sabe a nada this soup doesn't taste of anything o has no taste to it
    sabe a quemado/podrido it tastes burnt/rotten
    tenía tanta hambre que el arroz me supo a gloria I was so hungry the rice tasted delicious
    B
    (causar cierta impresión): saberle mal/bien a algn: no le supo nada bien que ella bailara con otro he wasn't at all pleased that she danced with someone else
    me sabe mal tener que decirle que no otra vez I don't like having to say no to him again, I feel bad having to say no to him again
    A ( enf) ( fam) (conocer) ‹lección/poema› to know
    se sabe todo el cuento de memoria he knows the whole story off by heart
    se sabe los nombres de todos los jugadores del equipo he knows the names of every player in the team
    sabérselas todas ( fam): este niño se las sabe todas this child knows every trick in the book ( colloq)
    se cree que se las sabe todas she thinks she has all the answers
    B ( refl) (saber que se es) (+ compl):
    se sabe atractiva she knows she's attractive
    * * *

     

    saber 1 sustantivo masculino
    knowledge;

    saber 2 ( conjugate saber) verbo transitivo
    1
    a)nombre/dirección/canción to know;


    no lo sé I don't know;
    no sé cómo se llama I don't know his name;
    ¡yo qué sé! how (on earth) should I know! (colloq);
    que yo sepa as far as I know;
    saber algo de algo to know sth about sth;
    sé muy poco de ese tema I know very little about the subject;
    no sabe lo que dice he doesn't know what he's talking about


    sin que lo supiéramos without our knowing;
    ¡si yo lo hubiera sabido antes! if I had only known before!;
    ¡cómo iba yo a saber que …! how was I to know that …!
    2 ( ser capaz de):

    ¿sabes nadar? can you swim?, do you know how to swim?;
    sabe escuchar she's a good listener;
    sabe hablar varios idiomas she can speak several languages
    verbo intransitivo

    ¿quién sabe? who knows?;

    saber de algo/algn to know of sth/sb;
    yo sé de un lugar donde te lo pueden arreglar I know of a place where you can get it fixed
    b) (tener noticias, enterarse):


    yo supe del accidente por la radio I heard about the accident on the radio
    a) ( tener sabor) (+ compl) to taste;

    sabe dulce/bien it tastes sweet/nice;

    saber a algo to taste of sth;
    no sabe a nada it doesn't taste of anything;
    sabe a podrido it tastes rotten
    b) ( causar cierta impresión): me sabe mal or no me sabe bien tener que decírselo I don't like having to tell him

    saberse verbo pronominal ( enf) ‹lección/poema to know
    saber sustantivo masculino knowledge, learning, information
    saber
    I verbo transitivo
    1 (una cosa) to know: no sé su dirección, I don't know her address
    para que lo sepas, for your information
    que yo sepa, as far as I know
    2 (hacer algo) to know how to: no sabe nadar, he can't swim
    3 (capacidad, destreza) sabe dibujar muy bien, he knows how to draw really well
    4 (comportarse, reaccionar) can: no sabe aguantar una broma, she can't take a joke
    no sabe perder, he's a bad loser
    5 (tener conocimientos elevados sobre una materia) sabe mucho de música, she knows a lot about music
    6 (enterarse) to learn, find out: lo llamé en cuanto lo supe, I called him as soon as I heard about it
    7 (estar informado) sabía que te ibas a retrasar, he knew that you were going to be late
    8 (imaginar) no sabes qué frío hacía, you can't imagine how cold it was
    II verbo intransitivo
    1 (sobre una materia) to know [de, of]: sé de un restaurante buenísimo, I know of a very good restaurant
    2 (tener noticias) (de alguien por él mismo) to hear from sb
    (de alguien por otros) to have news of sb
    (de un asunto) to hear about sthg
    3 (tener sabor) to taste [a, of]: este guiso sabe a quemado, this stew tastes burnt
    4 (producir agrado o desagrado) to like, please: me supo mal que no viniera, it upset me that he didn't come
    ♦ Locuciones: el saber no ocupa lugar, you can never learn too much
    me ha sabido a poco, I couldn't get enough of it
    quién sabe, who knows
    vas a saber lo que es bueno, I'll show you what's what
    vete a saber, God knows
    a saber, namely
    ' saber' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    atenerse
    - ávida
    - ávido
    - básica
    - básico
    - carta
    - cojear
    - combinar
    - comparecencia
    - conjugar
    - consuelo
    - convenir
    - cuerno
    - dedillo
    - demonio
    - desconocer
    - diferenciar
    - economía
    - entender
    - estimable
    - estribar
    - eufórica
    - eufórico
    - gloria
    - impresión
    - latín
    - morbosa
    - morboso
    - puesta
    - puesto
    - relacionarse
    - sable
    - si
    - terrena
    - terreno
    - tinta
    - bien
    - ciencia
    - conocer
    - conocimiento
    - deber
    - derecho
    - experiencia
    - feo
    - hallar
    - llegar
    - lo
    - mal
    - memoria
    - porqué
    English:
    acquaint
    - aware
    - can
    - certain
    - curious
    - flounder
    - fortuneteller
    - guess
    - hand
    - hear
    - horrify
    - know
    - learning
    - namely
    - nice
    - pat
    - pride
    - should
    - taste
    - tell
    - truck
    - understand
    - unknowingly
    - wisdom
    - able
    - appreciation
    - authority
    - claim
    - copy
    - early
    - funny
    - heart
    - knowledge
    - let
    - priority
    - realize
    - reassuring
    - right
    - saber
    - sabre
    - score
    - skill
    - stump
    - suppose
    - viz
    - way
    * * *
    nm
    knowledge;
    Formal
    según mi/nuestro/ etc[m5]. leal saber y entender to the best of my/our/ etc knowledge;
    el saber no ocupa lugar you can never know too much
    vt
    1. [conocer] to know;
    ya lo sé I know;
    no lo sé I don't know;
    yo no sabía nada de eso I didn't know anything about that;
    no sabía que eras médico I didn't know you were a doctor;
    ya sé lo que vas a decir I know what you're going to say;
    de haberlo sabido (antes) o [m5]si lo llego a saber, me quedo en casa if I'd known, I'd have stayed at home;
    es de o [m5]por todos sabido que… it's common knowledge that…, everyone knows that…;
    hacer saber algo a alguien to inform sb of sth, to tell sb sth;
    para que lo sepas, somos amigos we're friends, for your information;
    ¿sabes qué (te digo)?, que no me arrepiento you know what, I don't regret it;
    si lo sabré yo, que tengo cuatro hijos you're telling me! I've got four children!;
    sin yo saberlo, sin saberlo yo without my knowledge;
    Fig
    no sabía dónde meterme I didn't know where to put myself, I wanted to crawl under a rock;
    no sabe lo que (se) hace she doesn't know what she's doing;
    no sabe lo que tiene he doesn't realize just how lucky he is;
    Fam
    te ha llamado un tal Antonio no sé cuántos there was a call for you from Antonio something or other;
    no sé qué decir I don't know what to say;
    ¡qué sé yo!, ¡y yo qué sé! how should I know!;
    ¡qué sé yo la de veces que me caí de la bici! heaven knows how many times I fell off my bike!;
    Irónico
    como te pille vas a saber lo que es bueno just wait till I get my hands on you!;
    Irónico
    cuando hagas la mili sabrás lo que es bueno you'll be in for a nasty surprise when you do your military service;
    tener un no sé qué to have a certain something;
    Fam
    y no sé qué y no sé cuántos and so on and so forth
    2. [ser capaz de]
    saber hacer algo to be able to do sth, to know how to do sth;
    ¿sabes cocinar? can you cook?;
    no sé nadar I can't swim, I don't know how to swim;
    sabe hablar inglés/montar en bici she can speak English/ride a bike;
    sabe perder he's a good loser;
    su problema es que no saben beber [beben demasiado] their problem is they don't know when to stop drinking
    3. [enterarse de] to learn, to find out;
    lo supe ayer/por los periódicos I found (it) out yesterday/in the papers;
    supe la noticia demasiado tarde I only heard the news when it was too late;
    ¿sabes algo de Juan?, ¿qué sabes de Juan? have you had any news from o heard from Juan?;
    ¿sabes algo de cuándo será el examen? have you heard anything about when the exam's going to be?
    4. [entender de] to know about;
    sabe mucha física he knows a lot about physics
    vi
    1. [tener sabor] to taste (a of);
    a mí me sabe a fresa it tastes of strawberries to me;
    sabe mucho a cebolla it has a very strong taste of onions, it tastes very strongly of onions;
    esto no sabe a nada this has no taste to it, this doesn't taste of anything;
    saber bien/mal to taste good/bad;
    ¡qué bien sabe este pan! this bread's really tasty!, this bread tastes really good!;
    esta agua sabe this water has a funny taste;
    Fam
    saber a cuerno quemado o [m5] a rayos to taste disgusting o revolting
    2. [sentar]
    le supo mal [le enfadó] it upset o annoyed him;
    me sabe mal mentirle I feel bad about lying to him;
    Fam
    saber a cuerno quemado o [m5]a rayos: sus comentarios me supieron a cuerno quemado o [m5] a rayos I thought his comments were really off
    3. [tener conocimiento] to know;
    no sé de qué me hablas I don't know what you're talking about;
    sé de una tienda que vende discos de vinilo I know of a shop that sells vinyl records;
    que yo sepa as far as I know;
    ¡quién sabe!, ¡vete (tú) a saber!, ¡vaya usted a saber! who knows!;
    pues, sabes, a mí no me importaría I wouldn't mind, you know;
    es vecino mío, ¿sabes? he's my neighbour, you know;
    Méx Fam
    ¡sepa Pancha!, ¡sepa la bola! who knows?
    4. [entender]
    saber de algo to know about sth;
    ¿tú sabes de mecánica? do you know (anything) about mechanics?;
    ése sí que sabe he's a canny one
    5. [tener noticia]
    saber de alguien to hear from sb;
    no sé de él desde hace meses I haven't heard (anything) from him for months;
    saber de algo to learn of sth;
    supe de su muerte por los periódicos I learnt of her death in the papers;
    no quiero saber (nada) de ti I don't want to have anything to do with you
    6. [parecer]
    eso me sabe a disculpa that sounds like an excuse to me;
    este postre me ha sabido a poco I could have done with the dessert being a bit bigger;
    las vacaciones me han sabido a muy poco my holidays weren't nearly long enough, I could have done with my holidays being a lot longer
    7. Am [soler]
    saber hacer algo to be in the habit of doing sth
    * * *
    I v/t
    1 know;
    hacer saber algo a alguien let s.o. know sth;
    ¿cómo lo sabes? how do you know?;
    ¡si lo sabré yo! don’t I know it!;
    ¡para que lo sepas! so there!;
    sabérselas todas fam know every trick in the book
    2 ( ser capaz de)
    :
    saber hacer algo know how to do sth, be able to do sth;
    sé nadar/leer I can swim/read;
    saber alemán know German
    3 ( enterarse) find out;
    lo supe ayer I found out yesterday
    II v/i
    1 know (de about);
    ¡vete a saber!, ¡vaya usted a saber! heaven knows;
    ¡quién sabe! who knows!;
    ¡qué sé yo! who knows?;
    que yo sepa as far as I know;
    no que yo sepa not as far as I know;
    hace mucho que no sé de ella I haven’t heard from her for a long time
    2 ( tener sabor) taste (a of);
    me sabe a quemado it tastes burnt to me;
    las vacaciones me han sabido a poco my vacation went much too quickly;
    me sabe mal fig it upsets me
    III m knowledge, learning
    IV
    :
    a saber namely
    * * *
    saber {71} vt
    1) : to know
    2) : to know how to, to be able to
    sabe tocar el violín: she can play the violin
    3) : to learn, to find out
    4)
    a saber : to wit, namely
    saber vi
    1) : to know, to suppose
    2) : to be informed
    supimos del desastre: we heard about the disaster
    3) : to taste
    esto no sabe bien: this doesn't taste right
    4)
    saber a : to taste like
    sabe a naranja: it tastes like orange
    * * *
    saber vb
    1. (en general) to know [pt. knew; pp. known]
    ¿alguien sabe lo que ha pasado? does anyone know what happened?
    2. (tener capacidad, habilidad) can [pt. could]
    ¿sabes cocinar? can you cook?
    3. (hablar) to speak [pt. spoke; pp. spoken]
    4. (tener noticias) to hear [pt. & pp. heard]
    5. (enterarse) to find out [pt. & pp. found]
    cuando supe que era su cumpleaños... when I found out it was her birthday...
    6. (tener sabor) to taste
    saber mal una cosa a alguien (disgustar, enfadar) to be upset / not to like
    vete a saber goodness knows / it's anyone's guess
    ¡yo qué sé! how should I know?

    Spanish-English dictionary > saber

  • 16 קני

    קני, קָנָה(b. h.) ( to estabIish, 1) (cmp. קום, Gen. 23:17) to create; to acquire, own; to take possession. R. Hash. 31a (ref. to Ps. 24 recited in the Temple on the first day of the week) על שם שק׳ והקנהוכ׳ because he (the Lord in establishing the world) took possession and gave (his creatures) possession (invested them with a fief), and became the sovereign of the world. Kidd.I, 1 האשה קוֹנָה את עצמהוכ׳ a wife acquires herself (becomes independent) when she receives her divorce Ib. 20a כל הקוֹנֶה … כקונהוכ׳ whoever buys a Hebrew bondman creates, as it were, a master over himself. B. Mets.75b הקונה אדון לעצמו he who creates a master over himself, expl. תולה נכסיו בנכרי who (in order to evade obligations) hangs his property on a gentile (pretends to be merely the agent of a gentile); (another explan.) הכותב נכסיווכ׳ who transfers his property to his children during his lifetime. Gitt.37b sq. (ref. to Lev. 25:45) אתם קוֹנִיםוכ׳ you may buy (as a slave) one of them, but they cannot buy one of you, nor can they buy of one another. Ib. יכול לא יִקְנוּ זה את זה למעשה ידיו you may think, they cannot buy one another for the work (as long as the serf choses to be in the masters power); ולא הם קוֹנִים … לגופו they cannot buy of one another a bodily slave (who requires formal manumission to be a freeman). B. Mets.46b bot. מכור לי באלו ק׳ if one says, sell me (a certain object) for these (coins which I hold in my hand), he has bought (the sale is valid). Ib. IV, 1 הזהב קונהוכ׳, v. זָהָב. Ib. מעות הרעות קוֹנוֹתוכ׳ the delivery of cancelled coins effects the purchase of the valid coins. Ib. 47b מעות קונות the delivery of the purchasing money gives possession (no formal possession of the purchased object (מְשִׁיכָה) being required). Kidd.22b הגבהה קונה lifting up the purchased object makes the sale binding; a. v. fr. 2) to make sure; to obligate a person by a special symbolical act (קִנְיָן); to enter into an obligation by a special symbolical form. Gitt.51a בשקָנוּ מידו when they (the court, witnesses) made him obligate himself (that his widow should receive support from his estate); בשקנו לזו ולא קנו לזו when such an obligation was entered with reference to this (his wifes case), but not with reference to that (his daughters case). B. Mets.47a במה קונין … בכליו של קונה wherewith is the bargain made sure?… By handing over one of the garments (or any object) belonging to the purchaser; דניחא ליה לקונה דליהוי מקנה קונהוכ׳ for the purchaser likes the seller to obligate himself, in order that he may be sure to give him possession; a. fr.Ib. 48b when he said to him, ערבוני יָקוּן (fr. קון = קנה) my earnest money shall serve to make the purchase sure.Part. pass. קָנוּי; f. קְנוּיָה; pl. קְנוּיִים, קְנוּיִין; קְנוּיוֹת. Kidd.16a עבד עברי גופו ק׳ והרבוכ׳ a Hebrew bondman is owned bodily (to the end of his term), and if the master allowed him a reduction of his time, his allowance is not legally binding (the slave not being able to acquire himself); ib. 28a; B. Kam. 113b. Gen. R. s. 86 (ref. to Gen. 39:1) הקנויין קונין וכלוכ׳ as a rule those who are owned make themselves owners (slaves enrich themselves by robbing their master), and all slaves cause decrease to their masters house, but in this case ‘the Lord blessed (ib. 5); Yalk. ib. 145 הקונין קונין (corr. acc.); a. fr.Tosef.Ned.IV, 6 קונם … שאני קנוי the axe of which I am possessed be forbidden (v. קוֹנָם), i. e. I swear that I have no axe; Ned.35a (Rashi שאינו ק׳ I swear that another axe is not owned by me).Y.Peah IV, 18b השעה קנויה, read: פְּנוּיָה, v. פָּנוּי. Nif. נִקְנֶה to be acquired, owned, bought. Kidd.20a (ref. to Lev. 25:14) דבר הנ׳ מיד ליד this refers to what is bought from hand to hand (movable goods). Ib. I, 1 האשה נִקְנֵיתוכ׳ a wife can be acquired in three ways. Ib. 6b אין אשה נ׳ בחליפין a wife cannot be taken possession of by symbolical delivery (חֲלִיפִין). Ib. I, 3 עבד כנעני נ׳ בכסףוכ׳ a Canaanite slave is taken possession of (is considered owned) either by delivery of the purchasing money, or by a deed, or by undisturbed possession (חֲזָקָה). Ib. 5 נכסים שיש … נִקְנִיןוכ׳ landed property is acquired by means of handing over the money, but movables cannot be acquired otherwise than by taking hold (מְשִׁיכָה). Ib. 22b תִּקָּנֶה בביאח let her be acquired (become his slave) by coition; a. fr. Hif. הִקְנָה to give possession, sell, transfer. R. Hash. l. c., v. supra. Snh.81b ולמַקְנוֹ, v. קוֹנֶה. Keth.82b אשה הִקְנוּ לווכ׳ it is heaven that gave him a wife (through his brothers death without issue); Yeb.39a. B. Mets.47a בכליו של מַקְנֶה, v. supra. Ib. 33b, a. fr. אין אדם מקנה דברוכ׳ none can give possession of (sell) what does not yet exist (future crops); a. fr.Esth. R. introd. (ref. to Deut. 28:68 sq.) למה ואין קונה …ע״י שלא הִקְנִיתֶם אלהוכ׳ why ‘no purchaser?… Because you have not transmitted ‘these words of the covenant, for there is none among you making the five books of the Law his own (v. קוֹנֶה).

    Jewish literature > קני

  • 17 קנה

    קני, קָנָה(b. h.) ( to estabIish, 1) (cmp. קום, Gen. 23:17) to create; to acquire, own; to take possession. R. Hash. 31a (ref. to Ps. 24 recited in the Temple on the first day of the week) על שם שק׳ והקנהוכ׳ because he (the Lord in establishing the world) took possession and gave (his creatures) possession (invested them with a fief), and became the sovereign of the world. Kidd.I, 1 האשה קוֹנָה את עצמהוכ׳ a wife acquires herself (becomes independent) when she receives her divorce Ib. 20a כל הקוֹנֶה … כקונהוכ׳ whoever buys a Hebrew bondman creates, as it were, a master over himself. B. Mets.75b הקונה אדון לעצמו he who creates a master over himself, expl. תולה נכסיו בנכרי who (in order to evade obligations) hangs his property on a gentile (pretends to be merely the agent of a gentile); (another explan.) הכותב נכסיווכ׳ who transfers his property to his children during his lifetime. Gitt.37b sq. (ref. to Lev. 25:45) אתם קוֹנִיםוכ׳ you may buy (as a slave) one of them, but they cannot buy one of you, nor can they buy of one another. Ib. יכול לא יִקְנוּ זה את זה למעשה ידיו you may think, they cannot buy one another for the work (as long as the serf choses to be in the masters power); ולא הם קוֹנִים … לגופו they cannot buy of one another a bodily slave (who requires formal manumission to be a freeman). B. Mets.46b bot. מכור לי באלו ק׳ if one says, sell me (a certain object) for these (coins which I hold in my hand), he has bought (the sale is valid). Ib. IV, 1 הזהב קונהוכ׳, v. זָהָב. Ib. מעות הרעות קוֹנוֹתוכ׳ the delivery of cancelled coins effects the purchase of the valid coins. Ib. 47b מעות קונות the delivery of the purchasing money gives possession (no formal possession of the purchased object (מְשִׁיכָה) being required). Kidd.22b הגבהה קונה lifting up the purchased object makes the sale binding; a. v. fr. 2) to make sure; to obligate a person by a special symbolical act (קִנְיָן); to enter into an obligation by a special symbolical form. Gitt.51a בשקָנוּ מידו when they (the court, witnesses) made him obligate himself (that his widow should receive support from his estate); בשקנו לזו ולא קנו לזו when such an obligation was entered with reference to this (his wifes case), but not with reference to that (his daughters case). B. Mets.47a במה קונין … בכליו של קונה wherewith is the bargain made sure?… By handing over one of the garments (or any object) belonging to the purchaser; דניחא ליה לקונה דליהוי מקנה קונהוכ׳ for the purchaser likes the seller to obligate himself, in order that he may be sure to give him possession; a. fr.Ib. 48b when he said to him, ערבוני יָקוּן (fr. קון = קנה) my earnest money shall serve to make the purchase sure.Part. pass. קָנוּי; f. קְנוּיָה; pl. קְנוּיִים, קְנוּיִין; קְנוּיוֹת. Kidd.16a עבד עברי גופו ק׳ והרבוכ׳ a Hebrew bondman is owned bodily (to the end of his term), and if the master allowed him a reduction of his time, his allowance is not legally binding (the slave not being able to acquire himself); ib. 28a; B. Kam. 113b. Gen. R. s. 86 (ref. to Gen. 39:1) הקנויין קונין וכלוכ׳ as a rule those who are owned make themselves owners (slaves enrich themselves by robbing their master), and all slaves cause decrease to their masters house, but in this case ‘the Lord blessed (ib. 5); Yalk. ib. 145 הקונין קונין (corr. acc.); a. fr.Tosef.Ned.IV, 6 קונם … שאני קנוי the axe of which I am possessed be forbidden (v. קוֹנָם), i. e. I swear that I have no axe; Ned.35a (Rashi שאינו ק׳ I swear that another axe is not owned by me).Y.Peah IV, 18b השעה קנויה, read: פְּנוּיָה, v. פָּנוּי. Nif. נִקְנֶה to be acquired, owned, bought. Kidd.20a (ref. to Lev. 25:14) דבר הנ׳ מיד ליד this refers to what is bought from hand to hand (movable goods). Ib. I, 1 האשה נִקְנֵיתוכ׳ a wife can be acquired in three ways. Ib. 6b אין אשה נ׳ בחליפין a wife cannot be taken possession of by symbolical delivery (חֲלִיפִין). Ib. I, 3 עבד כנעני נ׳ בכסףוכ׳ a Canaanite slave is taken possession of (is considered owned) either by delivery of the purchasing money, or by a deed, or by undisturbed possession (חֲזָקָה). Ib. 5 נכסים שיש … נִקְנִיןוכ׳ landed property is acquired by means of handing over the money, but movables cannot be acquired otherwise than by taking hold (מְשִׁיכָה). Ib. 22b תִּקָּנֶה בביאח let her be acquired (become his slave) by coition; a. fr. Hif. הִקְנָה to give possession, sell, transfer. R. Hash. l. c., v. supra. Snh.81b ולמַקְנוֹ, v. קוֹנֶה. Keth.82b אשה הִקְנוּ לווכ׳ it is heaven that gave him a wife (through his brothers death without issue); Yeb.39a. B. Mets.47a בכליו של מַקְנֶה, v. supra. Ib. 33b, a. fr. אין אדם מקנה דברוכ׳ none can give possession of (sell) what does not yet exist (future crops); a. fr.Esth. R. introd. (ref. to Deut. 28:68 sq.) למה ואין קונה …ע״י שלא הִקְנִיתֶם אלהוכ׳ why ‘no purchaser?… Because you have not transmitted ‘these words of the covenant, for there is none among you making the five books of the Law his own (v. קוֹנֶה).

    Jewish literature > קנה

  • 18 קָנָה

    קני, קָנָה(b. h.) ( to estabIish, 1) (cmp. קום, Gen. 23:17) to create; to acquire, own; to take possession. R. Hash. 31a (ref. to Ps. 24 recited in the Temple on the first day of the week) על שם שק׳ והקנהוכ׳ because he (the Lord in establishing the world) took possession and gave (his creatures) possession (invested them with a fief), and became the sovereign of the world. Kidd.I, 1 האשה קוֹנָה את עצמהוכ׳ a wife acquires herself (becomes independent) when she receives her divorce Ib. 20a כל הקוֹנֶה … כקונהוכ׳ whoever buys a Hebrew bondman creates, as it were, a master over himself. B. Mets.75b הקונה אדון לעצמו he who creates a master over himself, expl. תולה נכסיו בנכרי who (in order to evade obligations) hangs his property on a gentile (pretends to be merely the agent of a gentile); (another explan.) הכותב נכסיווכ׳ who transfers his property to his children during his lifetime. Gitt.37b sq. (ref. to Lev. 25:45) אתם קוֹנִיםוכ׳ you may buy (as a slave) one of them, but they cannot buy one of you, nor can they buy of one another. Ib. יכול לא יִקְנוּ זה את זה למעשה ידיו you may think, they cannot buy one another for the work (as long as the serf choses to be in the masters power); ולא הם קוֹנִים … לגופו they cannot buy of one another a bodily slave (who requires formal manumission to be a freeman). B. Mets.46b bot. מכור לי באלו ק׳ if one says, sell me (a certain object) for these (coins which I hold in my hand), he has bought (the sale is valid). Ib. IV, 1 הזהב קונהוכ׳, v. זָהָב. Ib. מעות הרעות קוֹנוֹתוכ׳ the delivery of cancelled coins effects the purchase of the valid coins. Ib. 47b מעות קונות the delivery of the purchasing money gives possession (no formal possession of the purchased object (מְשִׁיכָה) being required). Kidd.22b הגבהה קונה lifting up the purchased object makes the sale binding; a. v. fr. 2) to make sure; to obligate a person by a special symbolical act (קִנְיָן); to enter into an obligation by a special symbolical form. Gitt.51a בשקָנוּ מידו when they (the court, witnesses) made him obligate himself (that his widow should receive support from his estate); בשקנו לזו ולא קנו לזו when such an obligation was entered with reference to this (his wifes case), but not with reference to that (his daughters case). B. Mets.47a במה קונין … בכליו של קונה wherewith is the bargain made sure?… By handing over one of the garments (or any object) belonging to the purchaser; דניחא ליה לקונה דליהוי מקנה קונהוכ׳ for the purchaser likes the seller to obligate himself, in order that he may be sure to give him possession; a. fr.Ib. 48b when he said to him, ערבוני יָקוּן (fr. קון = קנה) my earnest money shall serve to make the purchase sure.Part. pass. קָנוּי; f. קְנוּיָה; pl. קְנוּיִים, קְנוּיִין; קְנוּיוֹת. Kidd.16a עבד עברי גופו ק׳ והרבוכ׳ a Hebrew bondman is owned bodily (to the end of his term), and if the master allowed him a reduction of his time, his allowance is not legally binding (the slave not being able to acquire himself); ib. 28a; B. Kam. 113b. Gen. R. s. 86 (ref. to Gen. 39:1) הקנויין קונין וכלוכ׳ as a rule those who are owned make themselves owners (slaves enrich themselves by robbing their master), and all slaves cause decrease to their masters house, but in this case ‘the Lord blessed (ib. 5); Yalk. ib. 145 הקונין קונין (corr. acc.); a. fr.Tosef.Ned.IV, 6 קונם … שאני קנוי the axe of which I am possessed be forbidden (v. קוֹנָם), i. e. I swear that I have no axe; Ned.35a (Rashi שאינו ק׳ I swear that another axe is not owned by me).Y.Peah IV, 18b השעה קנויה, read: פְּנוּיָה, v. פָּנוּי. Nif. נִקְנֶה to be acquired, owned, bought. Kidd.20a (ref. to Lev. 25:14) דבר הנ׳ מיד ליד this refers to what is bought from hand to hand (movable goods). Ib. I, 1 האשה נִקְנֵיתוכ׳ a wife can be acquired in three ways. Ib. 6b אין אשה נ׳ בחליפין a wife cannot be taken possession of by symbolical delivery (חֲלִיפִין). Ib. I, 3 עבד כנעני נ׳ בכסףוכ׳ a Canaanite slave is taken possession of (is considered owned) either by delivery of the purchasing money, or by a deed, or by undisturbed possession (חֲזָקָה). Ib. 5 נכסים שיש … נִקְנִיןוכ׳ landed property is acquired by means of handing over the money, but movables cannot be acquired otherwise than by taking hold (מְשִׁיכָה). Ib. 22b תִּקָּנֶה בביאח let her be acquired (become his slave) by coition; a. fr. Hif. הִקְנָה to give possession, sell, transfer. R. Hash. l. c., v. supra. Snh.81b ולמַקְנוֹ, v. קוֹנֶה. Keth.82b אשה הִקְנוּ לווכ׳ it is heaven that gave him a wife (through his brothers death without issue); Yeb.39a. B. Mets.47a בכליו של מַקְנֶה, v. supra. Ib. 33b, a. fr. אין אדם מקנה דברוכ׳ none can give possession of (sell) what does not yet exist (future crops); a. fr.Esth. R. introd. (ref. to Deut. 28:68 sq.) למה ואין קונה …ע״י שלא הִקְנִיתֶם אלהוכ׳ why ‘no purchaser?… Because you have not transmitted ‘these words of the covenant, for there is none among you making the five books of the Law his own (v. קוֹנֶה).

    Jewish literature > קָנָה

  • 19 Herr

    Herr(in) <-n, -en> [hɛr] m(f)
    die \Herren Schmidt und Müller Messrs Schmidt and Müller;
    der \Herr Botschafter/ Professor the Ambassador/Professor;
    \Herr Doktor/Kollege... Dr/Mr...;
    tut mir leid, der \Herr Doktor ist heute Nachmittag nicht in der Praxis I'm sorry, but the doctor is not in his office this afternoon;
    \Herr Präsident/ Vorsitzender Mr President/Chairman;
    sehr geehrter \Herr... Dear Mr...;
    sehr geehrte \Herren! Dear Sirs;
    gnädiger \Herr (veraltend) sir;
    der \Herr wünscht? what can I do for you, sir?;
    der \Herr sir;
    hat der \Herr schon gewählt? is sir ready to order?;
    2) (iron: sarkastisch) sir ( iron)
    wenn sich der \Herr für so etwas zu fein ist if this is beneath you, sir;
    mein \Herr ( geh) sir ( form)
    bitte, mein \Herr, nach Ihnen after you, sir;
    meine \Herren gentlemen;
    [aber] meine \Herren! gentlemen, please!;
    „\Herren“ “gentlemen”, “men”, “gents” ( Brit)
    jds \Herr Onkel/ Vater/ Sohn etc sb's uncle/father/son etc;
    ach, das ist Ihr \Herr Onkel auf dem Foto? oh, that's your uncle in the picture?
    4) nur m (Tanzpartner, Begleiter) [gentleman] companion, partner
    5) nur m (geh: Mann) gentleman;
    wir führen alles für den modebewussten \Herrn we stock everything for the well-dressed man;
    ein geistlicher \Herr ( geh) a clergyman
    6) ( Herrscher) ruler, sovereign;
    \Herr/\Herrin über jdn/ etw sein to be ruler of sb/sth;
    ( Gebieter) master, mistress fem;
    \Herr über [jds] Leben und Tod sein to have the power of life and death [over sb];
    der \Herr des Hauses the master of the house;
    \Herr im eigenen Hause sein to be master in one's own house;
    der gnädige \Herr (veraltet) the master [of the house];
    der junge \Herr ( geh) the young master;
    \Herr der Lage sein to be master of the situation, to have the situation under control;
    nicht mehr \Herr seiner Sinne sein to no longer be in control of oneself;
    sein eigener \Herr sein to be one's own master [or boss];
    nicht \Herr über jdn werden to not be able to control [or master] sb
    7) ( Besitzer) master;
    sind Sie der \Herr dieses Hundes? do you own this dog?, are you the owner of this dog?, does this dog belong to you?, is this your dog?
    8) rel ( Gott) Lord;
    der \Herr the Lord God;
    der \Herr der Heerscharen the Lord of hosts
    WENDUNGEN:
    mein \Herr und Gebieter [o Meister]; ( hum) my lord and master ( hum)
    wie der \Herr, so 's Gescherr! (!) like master, like man! ( prov)
    \Herr des Himmels! (!) good Lord!;
    aus aller \Herren Länder[n] from all over the world, from the four corners of the earth;
    die \Herren der Schöpfung ( öpfung) their lordships ( hum)
    jds alter \Herr (\Herr) ( fam) sb's old man (sl)
    den großen \Herrn spielen [o markieren] ( fam) to act like the lord of the manor;
    man kann nicht [o niemand kann] zwei \Herren dienen (\Herren dienen) no man can serve two masters ( prov)
    [mein] \Herr! sir!

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch für Studenten > Herr

  • 20 riuscire

    succeed
    ( essere capace) manage
    non riesco a capire I can't understand
    riuscire bene/male be a success/a failure
    di foto come out well/badly
    riuscire in qualcosa be successful in something
    * * *
    riuscire v. intr.
    1 to succeed (in doing); to manage; ( essere capace) to be able: non riuscii a saperlo, I did not manage to find it out; non riuscii a vederlo, I was not able to see him; non riesco a capire perché, I can't understand why; non sono mai riuscito a farlo venire, I have never been able (o I have never managed) to get him to come; riuscii a dominare la mia collera, I managed to master my anger; riuscì a finire il lavoro, he succeeded in finishing his work
    2 ( avere buon esito) to succeed (in sthg., in doing), to be successful (in sthg., in doing); to manage (sthg.); to turn out well: come avvocato non riuscì, he wasn't successful (o he did not succeed) as a lawyer; tutti i miei piani riuscirono, all my plans succeeded; i nostri piani non riuscirono, our plans failed (o were unsuccessful); il pranzo, l'esperimento riuscì bene, the dinner, the experiment was a success; penso di riuscirci, I think I can manage it; ho tentato di telefonarti tutto ieri senza riuscirci, I tried to phone you all day yesterday without succeeding; non le riesce proprio di stare zitta, she can't keep quiet; questo dolce è riuscito molto bene, this cake has turned out very well; riuscire negli affari, to succeed in business // ( non) riuscire bene in fotografia, (not) to come out very well in photographs
    3 (avere attitudine, capacità) to be good at (sthg., doing); to be clever at (sthg., doing): riesce bene in matematica, in disegno, he is good (o clever) at mathematics, at drawing; riuscire negli studi, to do well at school
    4 ( apparire, risultare) to be; ( dimostrarsi) to prove: ciò mi riesce nuovo, this is new to me; riesce simpatico a tutti, everybody likes him; riuscì un completo fallimento, it was a complete failure; messo alla prova, egli riuscì il più bravo, when put to the test he proved to be the cleverest; il lavoro non mi riusciva gradito, I didn't like my work very much; tutto gli riusciva intollerabile, everything was unbearable to him; mi riesce difficile crederti, it's difficult for me to believe you; ti riuscirà più facile dopo una settimana, you'll find it easier after a week
    5 ( giungere) to come* (to a place), to arrive (at, in a place); ( sboccare) to lead* (to a place): per quella strada si riesce sulla piazza, if you go down that street you come to the square; il sentiero riesce sulla strada, the path leads to the main road
    6 ( uscire di nuovo) to go* out again: tornò a casa, ma riuscì subito, he came home but went out again at once.
    * * *
    [riuʃ'ʃire]
    verbo intransitivo (aus. essere)
    1) to succeed, to manage, to be* able
    2) [operazione chirurgica, tentativo, serata] to be* successful; [progetto, scherzo] to come* off

    riuscire bene — [ torta] to turn out well; [ foto] to come out well

    3) (rivelare un'attitudine) to do* well (in in), to be* good (in at)

    riuscire nella vita, negli affari — to do well o succeed in life, business

    4) (risultare, apparire)

    riuscire difficile, facile — to prove difficult, easy

    riuscire naturale a qcn. — to come naturally to sb

    ••
    Note:
    Tra le molte possibili traduzioni inglesi di riuscire, si notino to manage e to succeed, che reggono una diversa costruzione: sono riuscito a finirlo per le sei = I managed to finish it by 6 o'clock / I succeeded in finishing it by 6 o'clock. - Quando il verbo riuscire è usato in frase negativa, si può rendere con to fail to, to be unable to, not to be able to o can't: non sono riuscito a finirlo per le sei = I failed to / was unable to / wasn't able to / couldn't finish it by six o'clock
    * * *
    riuscire
    /riu∫'∫ire/ [106]
    Tra le molte possibili traduzioni inglesi di riuscire, si notino to manage e to succeed, che reggono una diversa costruzione: sono riuscito a finirlo per le sei = I managed to finish it by 6 o'clock / I succeeded in finishing it by 6 o'clock. - Quando il verbo riuscire è usato in frase negativa, si può rendere con to fail to, to be unable to, not to be able to o can't: non sono riuscito a finirlo per le sei = I failed to / was unable to / wasn't able to / couldn't finish it by six o'clock.
    (aus. essere)
     1 to succeed, to manage, to be* able; riuscire a raggiungere i propri obiettivi to manage to achieve one's goals; non riesco a far funzionare lo stereo I can't get the stereo to work; non riesco a capire il perché I can't see why; non sono riuscito a dormire I couldn't sleep; non riuscirono a mettersi d'accordo they couldn't o failed to agree; non ci riesco I can't (do it); è riuscito dove lei aveva fallito he succeeded where she had failed
     2 [operazione chirurgica, tentativo, serata] to be* successful; [progetto, scherzo] to come* off; riuscire bene [ torta] to turn out well; [ foto] to come out well
     3 (rivelare un'attitudine) to do* well (in in), to be* good (in at); riuscire in latino to do well in Latin; riuscire nella vita, negli affari to do well o succeed in life, business
     4 (risultare, apparire) riesce simpatico a tutti everybody likes him; quel viso non mi riesce nuovo that face looks familiar; riuscire difficile, facile to prove difficult, easy; riuscire utile to come in handy; riuscire naturale a qcn. to come naturally to sb.

    Dizionario Italiano-Inglese > riuscire

См. также в других словарях:

  • One Europe Magazine — is a European students magazine, written by AEGEE members, that acts an international forum for discussions about the variety of different opinions on political, historical and cultural themes within Europe. Its goal is to establish a platform… …   Wikipedia

  • One-Armed Swordsman — Hong Kong film poster Traditional 獨臂刀 Simplified 独臂刀 …   Wikipedia

  • Master's mate — is an obsolete rating which was used by the Royal Navy, United States Navy and merchant services in both countries for a senior petty officer who assisted the master. Master s mates evolved into the modern rank of Sub Lieutenant in the Royal Navy …   Wikipedia

  • master — 01. There are many stories of dogs who were accidentally separated from their [masters], and who travelled hundreds of miles to find their homes. 02. The jewelry theft was obviously the work of a [master] criminal. 03. Yvonne was able to [master] …   Grammatical examples in English

  • Master Tara Singh — Malhotra (24 June, 1885, Rawalpindi, Punjab 22 November, 1967, Chandigarh) was a prominent Sikh political and religious leader in the first half of the 20th century. He was instrumental in organizing the Shiromani Gurdwara Prabhandak Committee,… …   Wikipedia

  • Master and Commander: The Far Side of the World — Theatrical release poster Directed by Peter Weir …   Wikipedia

  • Master C'baoth — is a fictional character in the Star Wars Expanded Universe. The original, Jorus C baoth (pronounced Jaw russ Ka bowth ), was a Jedi Master in the Old Republic era. The second, Joruus C baoth, was an insane clone of the original C baoth who… …   Wikipedia

  • Master of Epic — Developer(s) Hudson Soft, Gonzo Rosso Online Platform(s) PC …   Wikipedia

  • Master Darque — is a fictional character, a Valiant Comics villain that first appeared in Shadowman #8 (December 1992) and later became a staple villain in both the Shadowman and Second Life of Dr. Mirage comic books. He may be the most powerful villain in the… …   Wikipedia

  • Master Shake — Aqua Unit Patrol Squad 1 character Master Shake First appearance Baffler Meal (SGC2C …   Wikipedia

  • Master Toddy — Master Toddy. Thohsaphol Sitiwatjana was born May 4, 1953 and attended Laselle school and graduated from Patumwan Technology . Having a Police Chief as a father and born into a middleclass background fighting Muay Thai was not generally accepted… …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»